Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2003-0078 06-09-03
RESOLUTION NO. R2003-78 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATE WITH THE SHADOW CREEK RANCH SEWER PROJECT (PHASE II). BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the Shadow Creek Ranch Sewer Project (Phase II), and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Reddico Construction, Co. in the amount of $1,362,591.50. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Shadow Creek Ranch Sewer Project (Phase II). PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 9th dayof June , A.D., 2003. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR Carter Burgess • • May 6; 2003 Mr. Joe Wertz City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 RE: Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines — Phase II COP PN: B2003-030 Recommendation for Award Dear Mr. Wertz: 55 Waugh Drive Suite 800 Houston, Texas 77007 5833 Phone. 713.869.7900 Fox: 713.869.5502 On April 30, 2003, bids were received for the above referenced project with Reddico Construction Company, Inc. being the apparent low bidder (see attached bid tabulation). We recommend that a construction contract be awarded to Reddico Construction Company based on the base bid in the total amount of $1,362,591 50. There was one discrepancy in the bid submitted by Pennstar, Inc. The total was not summed correctly resulting in a change from $1,518,772.00 to $1,518,792.00. There is no change to their position as the sixth low bidder. No other discrepancies were found in any of the bids submitted. None of the fourteen bids were rejected or disqualified for any reason If you have any questions, please let me know. Sincerely, CARTER & BURGESS Vernon Webb, P E Project Manager VW/arw L:\0303\030331.010\Publ - Phase IIB\Corresp\Wertz-L03.doc cc: • Project File: 030331.010, 14.4 Ed Owens, Reddico Construction Company r I-„ _r & __ ..___ :.__.ants BID PROPOSAL SHADOW CREEK RANCH SANITARY SEWER TRUNK LINES - PHASE II CITY OF PEARL1.VD C.E. Barker, Inc Unit Cost Total S 0 ca) M S 24,300.00 S S to VI S 16.740.00 M 2� M N 0 S en- M S 24,840.00I 0 q N M 0 a r M S 3.196.00 $ 2.578.00 S O GI o yy P o o to �° co CO S el co M S 38.880.00 o S 0. N N 100 N V) $ 16.740.00 o N CO e- N S 24.84 t10 O N N $ 614.90 ti 0 N l0 0 $ 25.78 vM N V) �V) 01 N M �0 N co V) S 48.21 I S 40.45 E.P. Brady, Inc. Unit Cost Total S au N. P V) 0 S M V) 0 n M 0 S n M Op 0) ^ N 00 N �- M 0 0 00 �- M S 34.650.00 S OJ N 0 0 to tn0 V 40 0 o 01 l7 M 0 O b 0 0 N Si n te n N yy P et M $ 52.740.00 0 (N0 • r M S 44,375.00 p N N V) o M 0 00 n (1) S ' M S 1.00 ' V) $ 315.00 S 845.00 0 M co U) m .... M 34.10 N M S 56.05 t00 t00 V) S 58.75 23 02530 4T Gravity Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 feet deep LF 1000 S 200.80. 5. 200.800.00 S 107.00 S 107.000.00 S 116.00 $ 116,000.00 $ 155.75 Calco Contracting, LTD. Unit Cost I Total o C . in N $ 5.000.00 $ 75.00 o 0 N N O Cr) at V) 0� V) N OO OOLDV S S 29.340.00 $ 725.00 N N V) O t0 V) S 113,300.00 P M $ 12.000.00 S 43,000.00 S o S V) V) O o M 0 0 o H co h O N 0 to to 0 tJ M S 370.00 0 a) m N $ 145.00 0 a- co O' V) 0i co M 0 P M 0 N au M S O M S 40.000.00 o N U) I $ 112,500.00 O M V) N M b N M $ 21,000.00 O cs O M V) N < M 0 O M M S 2.000.00 0 O co N V1 0 O N N emb V) N CI t 0 N 0 pop 01 0 V) 0 0 N n M V) N 0 1- V) O G 00 P N ci N V) 5 15.00 C o (O 0 0 0O N V) $ 14.00 $ 30.00 365.00 $ 1.280.00 0 O O V) 0 O O N M O O to N N 1 co N CD N co V) CD 0 -I; M 36.40 O o G P M I $ 3,600.00 q o n V) q o 0 G r V) O N r M 0 O 0) r N O O a0 M e- M $ 34,650.00 0 O O el M 0 O N . V) S 5.240.00 S co O r V) N n 10 < V) 0 to O CO M 0 CD M V) o ci r o •- V) q O 0 P V) S ci Co. t7 V) O O V) S cO 00 0 e- V) 0 .- V) S 7.30 ei e- M $ 315.00 S N M0 .- N $ 250.00 $ 52.40 V) 0 0 01 0 0 In V) 00 0 ei V)M M 0 t: M 03 Vi elo M ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE REM DESCRIPTION . UNITS QTY 7500 T •- COo h 1000 o r CI M 100 I 200 N rN1. n CD T O T LS LS LF LS J U. -.IJ LL J U. LF W 31 LL J LL J U.LL J J J Mobilization (Max. 3% of Total Base Bid) 0 co it. W Co g 3 1 Control of Ground Water for Open Cut Excavation NPOES Requirements Trench Safety system Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 1 T to 18" Sanitary Sewers Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 30" to 42" Sanitary Sewers Trenchless 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 18" Steel Casing Trenchless 4T Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 54' Steel Casing 8" Stubout 8" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep 8" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep a 0 co 0 co yW r e 0 e ti 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep 12" GraviN Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 15* Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep In in Co telo 0 0 01565 01570 co3ro 0 n 0 02416 02416 02530 in 0 02530 02530 02530 I to 0 02530 N M P N t0 N. CO Ot r •- Cbq•— 13 •—`114 — b • 8 8 a Inli o DO. 8 0 a D. O 07 SHADOW CREEK RANCH SANITARY SEWER TRUNK LINES - PHASE II JaIco, Inc. Unit Cost Total IS 50.000.00 $ 14.000.00. 1 S 37.500.00 O cs O CI o N O m r .- V) 0 d 0 N V) 0 V0V 17 N O N N V) $ 36.000.00 O o N N j 0 co N $ 17.000.00 $ 94,400.00 $ 198.275.00 p �i ^ N $ 24,000.00_ O 0 a 19 o d n - 0 19 0 C om- i V) O m V) 0 O 0) N $ 435,000.00I $ 6,400.00 $ 89,600.00 S 6.978.00 IS _97,692.00 $ 5,500.00 $ 77,000.00 S _ _.. 6.000.00 $ 84.000.00 ( S 12.000.00 I $ 168.000.00 $ 7.300.00 S 102,200.00 o V) O 0 V) Oo to N O 0 0N V) S 1.00 1 S 16.00 S 34.00 $ 220.00 0 O V) $ 500.00 0 0 V) S 85.00 $ 64.00 O n N S 85.00 0 0 N O i V) 0 to CO V) O m co O0o t0 N O V N 0 - V) Huff & Mitchell, Inc. Unit Cost I Total $ 59.000.00 0 N N oo o V 0) V) 0 0 0 V) 0 pp N )-• 05 N 0 6 N n V) d o r- 0 0 0 O O V) o 0 0 0 V) 0 O 0 0 N V) O 1D i 0 S 21,000.00 d O 0 N $ 128.750.00 ON Opp N vol 0 0 e- V) S 27,500.00I O n r o $ 71,400.00I o 0 0 0 V) S 28,750.00 0 d tn. o in S 59.000.00 o O N N V) o IN N (/) O O N r N o 4 CO o VI 19 0 ) CO S 400.00 0 O '. V) s 400.00 0 co O! V) S 105.00 S 40.00 0 O V) o O _ V) S 45.00 00-SS S S 65.00 O O VI S 100.00 N r V) s 125.00 Ramos Industries, Inc. Unit Cost. 1 Total S 55.000.00 15 15,000.00 0 O V) n V) 0 o 4 V) 0 0 ^ V) S 24,000.00 0 0 N 0 0 0 v. 0 0 0 O N V) 0 O 0 N CO S 4.900.00. 0 O O - N 0 ' COO V) 0 N yy V) o O 0 N O 0 O r N $ 32,500.00 $.. 95.450.00 $ 124.440.00 0 O co a (+� IN- V) 0 O O 0 V) V) 0 O O 0 V) 7 V) • 0 O V) 0 O V) 0 V) S 11,500.00 0 V) 0 N 0 N 0 0 ' (/) 3 900.00 400.00 00"6b S 0 V) V) 0 N V) 0 1D V) 00'0L S 0 iD 69 S 65.00 0 d V) S 122.00 I S 137.00 0 It CO s 150.00 Boyer, Inc. Unit Cost I Total O O o V) o 6 o IA V) Cr O 0 N V) O 0 4 (/) 0 co as � U1 0 O 0 ttt) 4 N 0 0 r 19 O O1 N V) $ 29,100.00I 0 ci 0 r V) S 5,000.00 0 0 V r V) O 0 a) V) If) 1D tit) CO 0 o CD O tip in V) $ 21.000.00 $ 36.500.00 0 O 0 m U) $ 54.060.00.I O 0 < r V) S 36,250.00 0 • 0 V) co V) 0 N 0 8 N N 0 o> V) o Ln N 0 V) 0 o V) 0 y S 245.00 $ _ 970.00 S 3.900.00 S 50.00 0 h V) 00'09 0 to V) 0 t 0 N 0 � Np 0 n 0 0 s- i V) 0 NVo N 0 V) 0 to 4 V) 0 6 so 0 Garver Construction, LTD. Unit Cost I Total $ 50.670.00_ S 0 0 N S o lri ip) V) CD o N V) O i r ri V) $ 15,300.00 S 19,500.00 p o co N V) 8 0) M N O n 3-- V) o N. ^ N qO u'S r N $ 93.072.50. N tO r V) 0 m V* O $ N N 0 $ 01 V) S N..O 0 49 $ 76,194.00.I $ 81,590.00 $ 27,125.00.I 0 e Zr) N $ 50.670.00 O CI el CIr N O V V) IS 25,000.00 O r V) 0 4. 0 V) in ' U) S 213.00 oq N 0 V) 0 i n C) V) Q n N 0 m N CO ri V) • 1ND N M 0 V) 0 co 0 V) 0 b V) n n V) D0t n N 0 N U) h O v. V) V. cs r0 V) 0 C - 1 S 44.660.00 O 8 N V) S 142.500.00 S 6,500.00 $ 17.147.00 0 O CO V) 00'000'9 S 0 M V) $ 22,500.00 IN N N 0 O N 0 iD N 0 A eoV�f t9 V) 0 N $ 36,450.00 0 .- V) $ 22.500.00 O (00 n V) S 68,340.00. O h. ai COb V) $ 23,750.001 0 0D. 0 N V) 3 c D° 0 $ 44.660.00 N V) 0 V) 0 10 co Vi 0 V) 0 V) 0 N 0 0 17 N 750.00 . 00 0 v N n V) i 0 n V) 0 N n 19 0 V) oo'et, s 0 a 49 0 0 N 0 m V) 0 v'm 19 0 m N 0 0 ri r N ITEM DESCRIPTION Mobilization (Max. 3% of Total Base Bid) Traffic Control, Regulation & Flagmen Control of Ground Water for Open Cut Excavation: NPDES Requirements Trench Safety system Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 12' to 18' Sanitary Sewers Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 30' to 42' Sanitary Sewers Trenchless 12' Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 18' Steel' Casing Trenchiess 42' Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 54' Steel Casing 0 N • 18' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep 8" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep 12' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep 12' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 15- Graviry Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep 15- Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep 18' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep 18' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 30- Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 36' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 36- Graviry Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 feet deep SECTION REFERENCE 01505 N O O 0 NO o N 0 02318 02318 i O N 02416 0 0 02530 02530 02530 02530 I 0 M in O 02530 I 02530 02530 02530 02530 02530 02530 W_ N COV 0 b D. m 0) 0 3- 12 VI ur r-tD 1. t0 0) 0 N N N N o. 11 BID PROPOSAL SHADOW CREEK RANCH SANITARY SEWER TRUNK LINES - PHASE it FILE COPY CITY SECRETARY'S OFFICE DO NOT REMOVE City of Pearland, Texas__, ECEOVE jWa3O2003 CITY OF PEARLAND CITY SECRETARY'S OFFICE Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Line Phase II B2003 030 March 2003 Carter:: Burgess CARTER & BURGESS, INC. 3 •e ctic a • f8 a O•06 L✓ soe racOee°oE� °pee. V istn2 �AOA • r 04t..rc. i • �u° c A j. C c 4,,\�' F% °O°o0Vo°ec�, ki,"�`.5' Consultants in Planning, Engineering, Architecture, and Related Services 55 Waugh Drive, Suite 800 Houston, Texas 77007 (713) 869-7900 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS SHADOW CREEK RANCH SANITARY SEWER TRUNK LINES, PHASE II TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Section Title CONTRACT DOCUMENTS No. of Pages 00020 Notice to Bidders 2 00100 Instructions to Bidders 8 00300 Bid Proposal 4 00510 Agreement Between City of Pearland and Contractor 6 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One -Year Maintenance Bond 2 GENERAL 00700 General Conditions 29 00700-A Attachment No. 1 to General Conditions 4 00700-B Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions 6 SUPPLEMENTARY 00800 Special Conditions 2 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 1 ATTACHMENTS TO THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TWDB Contract Conditions, ED-4 Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED-103 Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution, ED -104 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters, EPA 5700-49 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRP-373 MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 Site Certificate, ED-101 02/2003 TOC-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 2 01140 3 01200 3 01290 4 01310 3 01350 6 01380 3 01420 4 01430 2 01440 1 01450 2 01500 9 01505 1 01550 4 01555 4 01560 3 01562 2 01564 7 01565 10 01566 4 01570 3 01580 5 01600 3 01630 3 01720 2 01760 2 01770 2 Summary of Work Contractor's Use of Premises Measurement and Payment Change Order Procedures Coordination and Meetings Submittals Pre -Construction Photos Reference Standards Contractor's Quality Control Inspection Services Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Mobilization Stabilized Construction Exit Traffic Control and Regulation Filter Fabnc Fence Waste Material Disposal Control of Ground Water and Surface Water NPDES Requirements Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation Trench Safety System Project Identification Signs Material and Equipment Product Options and Substitutions Field Surveying Project Record Documents Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02200 3 02252 3 02318 20 02370 2 02416 9 02427 13 02530 20 02542 9 02603 2 02635 9 02910 2 02921 3 Site Preparation Cement Stabilized Sand Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Geotextile Trenchless Construction for Sewers Corrosion Protection Gravity Sanitary Sewers Concrete Manholes and Accessones Frames, Grates Rings, and Covers Steel Pipe and Fittings Topsoil Hydromulch Seeding END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 02/2003 TOC-2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030oF ��.O...!.... �i •.S*tji ,of �\ • * jl r 11 1 r VERNONH.wE88=� r Date. April 4, 2003 r1..••.:•••""'g� 32 : �, To Plan Holders/ Pre-Bid Attendees From: Vernon H Webb II, P E. Carter & Burgess, Inc. 7 The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. Please sign and return by Fax to Vernon Webb, Carter& Burgess, Inc. at 713-869-5502. Also, indicate receipt of this addendum with your bid on the bid proposal form. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum 1 Signature Date Company Attached are the changes in the bidding documents. The bid date and time have been changed to 3:00 P.M.Wednesday, April 30th, 2003, and the prebid date and time have changed to 3:00 P.M.Wednesday,April 23ro, 2003. Specifications Item 1 Section 00020— Delete and replace with the attached 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND,TEXAS BID NO 2003-030 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked "Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Truck Lines, Phase II" and lift stations in the office of the Purchasing Officer, the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581, until 3:00 P M. Wednesday, April 30, 2003, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Truck Lines, Phase II City of Pearland,Texas Bid No. 2003-030 A mandatory Pre-bid Conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 3:00 P.M. Wednesday, April 23, 2003 This project will entail: The extension of the existing Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines consisting of approximately 1,000 feet of 42", 3200 feet of 36", 820 feet of 30", 2200 feet of 18", 800 feet of 15", 5200 feet of 12" , and 300 feet of 8"sanitary sewer lines. Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review City of Pearland 281-652-1600 City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 The Associated General Contractors 713-843-3700 of America Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston,Texas 77092 AGC of Texas 713-334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 Dodge Reports 713-529-4895 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston,Texas 77098 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents,Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Carter& Burgess, Inc., 55 Waugh Drive, Houston, Texas 77007, upon request and deposit of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued The amount of the deposit will not be refunded. 030440.010 Section 00020 1 of 2 No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety(90)days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check, or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes, as amended)upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board Any contractor or contracts awarded under this Invitation for Bids are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a part of this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. Equal Opportunity in Employment—All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Order No. 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60 This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Guidance, describes the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the city with the information required for MWBE Certification and participation summary,TWDB document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goal. END OF SECTION 030440.010 Section 00020 2 of 2 ADDENDUM NO.2 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 &I lit Date. April 28, 2003 • VERNOR� WE68.. To: Plan Holders/ Pre-Bid Attendees r••••;" 2•••••"g793 ••••::e From: Vernon H. Webb II, P E. �F��cE� � � �.� Carter& Burgess, Inc. 0, The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. Please sign and return by Fax to Vernon Webb, Carter& Burgess, Inc. at 713-869-5502. Also, indicate receipt of this addendum with.your bid on the bid proposal form. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum 2 Signature Date Company Attached are the changes in the bidding documents. 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 1 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.2 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 General Item 1 The sign-in sheet from the mandatory pre-bid meeting is attached. Item 2. The Contractor shall not be responsible for paying the inspector's overtime rates. Item 3. Spoil Placement/Temporary Working Areas: Spoil material may be placed outside the existing ROW/Easements shown on the plans with the exception of the area indicated below The depth of material placement shall not exceed approximately 1 foot above the existing ground surface. The maximum width of material placement shall not extend beyond 50 feet from the existing easement line. Material shall be compacted to a minimum of(90%) of the maximum dry density The contractor may also use this area for a temporary working space. Contractor shall cut drainage swales at.a minimum spacing of 200 feet. No spoil material is to be placed between station 112+00 and station 116+00 along Shadow Creek Parkway (FM 2234). No temporary working area is granted outside of the existing 25'water and sewer easement between these stations. Item 4 Clearing. The contractor is responsible for any clearing required for the placement of the proposed improvements. There is no separate pay item for clearing Any clearing required for temporary working areas is the contractor's responsibility Item 5. See the attached Table A for proposed pipe depths for open cut installation. The contractor shall be paid in accordance with the depths specified in this table. Item 6. The proposed pipe that crosses under future pavement will be required to have cement stabilized sand backfill in accordance with the contract documents and as shown on detail 1 of Exhibit A. The attached Table B designates the stations at which the pipe crosses future pavement, and the length and depth of pipe that will require cement stabilized sand. Areas outside of these limits shall be backfilled in accordance with detail 2 on Exhibit A. The cost of cement stabilized sand shall be incidental to the cost of pipe installation. Item 7 Cement Stabilized Sand shall be in accordance with Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand. The mix shall provide a minimum confined compressive strength of 100 psi in 48 hours and contain a minimum of 1 Y2 sacks of cement. per cubic yard. Item 8. Contractor shall coordinate all work in or around private utilities that require special bracing, protection or relocation. All coordination shall be in writing a minimum of 3 weeks prior to work in the area. Contractor shall inform all utility companies in writing at the completion of work for the removal of temporary bracing, meters, etc. Item 9 The project is to be phased as follows: i. Phase I—Kingsley Drive from Shadow Creek Parkway to Station 42+79 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 2 of 5 ADDENDUM NO 2 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 and all of Regents Drive. ii Phase II—Shadow Creek Parkway Station 107+69 to 121+72 including 12" crossing iii. Phase III - Discovery Bay Drive. iv Phase IV— Kingsley Drive from Station 0+00 to 42+79 and all of Trinity Drive. v Phase V—Drake Bay Drive. The Contractor may work on multiple sections at one time. Item 10 Contractor shall verify type of pipe used for existing stub-outs and provide appropriate fittings based on existing and proposed pipes. Contractor shall verify flow lines of existing stub-outs. If different than shown, Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to installing any pipe. Item 11 Contractor shall provide the storm water pollution prevention measures identified in the specifications and as shown on Exhibit B as a minimum. Item 12. The City of Pearland will provide the utility permits required by the Texas Department of Transportation. Any temporary access permits required for this project shall be the Contractor's responsibility Item 13. Contractor shall place temporary plugs in manholes upstream of tie in points. Plugs shall be maintained until sanitary sewer lines are accepted, at which time the Contractor shall remove them. Item 14 Pay items have been added for crushed rock bedding for wet trench construction in accordance with detail 3 on sheet 29. The use of this detail shall be approved by the Engineer in.the field prior to its installation by the Contractor The use of this detail will not be approved if the contractor can maintain a dry trench through the use of sump pumps or other dewatering methods listed in the specifications. Payment for these items shall be on a linear foot basis. Specifications Item 1 Section 00020—Notice to Bidders: In the first sentence delete the words"and lift stations." Item 2. Section 00300 — Bid_ Proposal: Delete pages 2 and 3 and replace with the attached pages 2 and 3 Item 3. Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exit, 1 01 A. Add the following, "Contractor shall install a stabilized construction exit at all points where Contractor access the public right-of-way Stabilized construction exits shall be removed prior to final close out of the project." Item 4 Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, 1 02 A. Replace the first sentence with the following, "Measurement.and payment for control of ground water by well points or deep wells shall be on a LF basis in accordance 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 3 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.2 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 With the bid form and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control." Item 5. Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water Add the following as 1 02 B. "No separate payment will be made for the use of sumps and sump pumps to maintain a dry trench." Item 6 Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements, 1 01 A. Replace paragraph beginning at the second line with "Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) Permit, as stated in Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code, issued by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality" Item 7 Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements, 3 01 A. Add the following sentences: The Contractor is responsible for paying all fees associated with submitting the NOI Submission of the NOI is required for both the Owner and the Contractor at least 2 working days before construction operations start. Item 8. Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements, 3.04 A.1 Delete the following, "as given in Paragraph 1 1 of the SWPPP" 3.04 A.3. Replace with: In an easily visible location on site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures and the attached Construction Site Notice. This notice shall be placed at each individual work area. Item 9. Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements, Pages 4 and 5. Replace the EPA permit and instructions with the attached TCEQ permit and instructions. Add the TCEQ's Construction Site Notice to the attachments of this section. Item 10 Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, 1 02 H, 1 Add the following, "unless otherwise listed in the bid schedule." Item 10. Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, 2.02 E. Profile wall pipe is acceptable for installations 15" in diameter and greater Item 11 Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories, 2.09 A. Replace the last sentence with the following " Concrete adjustment rings and pipe penetrations shall be coated with Raven 400, Neopoxy-5300 (formerly Chemtron) or Madewell 1103. Item 12. Section 02910—Topsoil: Delete this specification. Item 13. Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1 02 A. Add the following "The maximum limits for payment of hydromulch seeding shall extend from the center line of all open cut pipe to a maximum distance of 15 feet on both side of the pipe. Areas disturbed outside of these limits shall be stabilized with hydromulch seeding at no additional cost to the owner" 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 4 of 5 ADDENDUM NO 2 City of Pearland Shadow Creek Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 Item 14 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding, 2.01 A, 3.01 A. Delete these sections. Drawings Item 1 Sheet 22: Move the manhole location from Station 1+27 (42.5' Lt.) to Station 1+29.30 (43.85' Lt.). Add an 8" stub out from the manhole to Station 1+25 68 (63.52' Lt.). The flow line of the 8" stub out shall be set by matching crowns with the proposed 12" sanitary sewer Item 2. Sheet 24 Change the flow line of the 8" stub at Station 17+17 (42.5' Lt.) from 48.25 feet to 46 15 feet. Item 3. Sheet 29: Replace Detail 1, Trench Section In Paved Area, with Detail 1 on Exhibit A attached, Trench Section Under Future Pavement. Replace Detail 2, AA Pipe Bedding Detail Gravity Sewer and Force Main, with Detail 2 on Exhibit A. Item 4 Sheet 29: Delete note 3. Replace note 11 with the following " All proposed gravity sewer lines shall be PVC or Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe. Solid wall PVC pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM D-3034, SDR 35 where backfill depth is less than 12 feet and SDR 26 where depth is greater than or equal to 12 feet. Profile wall PVC pipe shall be in accordance with specification section 02530 Item 5. Add the following drawings to the construction documents: Exhibit B, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Exhibit C, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Details. 030331.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 5 of 5 TABLE A Proposed Pipe Depths Street Name Beginning Station Ending Station Pipe Depth to FL(ft) Total Length of Diameter(in) Pipe(ft) FM 2234 107+69 112+27 18 20-22 458 112+27 121+72 18 18-20 927 _ 121+30(90 LT) 121+30(90 RT) 12 18-20 70 Drake Bay 0+81 1+31 18 18-20 50 1+31 1+79 18 20-22 48 1+79 3+41 18 18-20 162 2+61 (45 LT) 2+61 (50 RT) 8 18-20 94 3+41 8+44 18 20-22 508 Kingsley 6+93 15+07 30 20-22 813 15+07 15+72 36 20-22 65 15+72 16+14 36 22-24 44 16+14 16+59 36. 20-22 45 16+59 18+40 36 22-24 186 18+40 19+50 36 20-22 110 19+50 43+80 36 22-24 2408 43+80 44+00 36 20-22 20 44+00 46+45 36 22-24 247 46+45 56+44 42 22-24 987 _ Trinity 1+06 6+90 12 16-18 550 6+90(42.5 LT) 6+85(55 RT) 8 16-18 96 6+90 12+00 12 16-18 517 12+00 27+00 12 18-20 1474 27+00 31+81 12 16-18 388 Regents 1+07 2+60 12 18-20 150 2+60 11+60 12 20-22 888 5+55(42.5 LT) 5+57(55 RT) 8 18-20 98 11+60 19+84 12 18-20 860 Discovery Bay 12+03 17+00 15 18-20 498 17+00 19+83 15 16-18 282 TABLE B Proposed Pipe Under Future Pavement Total Length of Street Name Beginning Station Ending Station Pipe Depth to FL(ft) Pipe to be Diameter(in) Backfilled with CSS(ft) Drake Bay 2+61 (45 LT) 2+61 (50 RT) 8 18-20 82 Kingsley 14+17 15+07 30 20-22 90 45+55 46+45 36 22-24 90 Trinity 6+90(42.5 LT) 6+85(55 RT) .8 16-18 72 19+71. 20+76 12 18-20 105 Regents 5+55(42.5 LT.) 5+57(55 RT) 8 20-22 72 9+75 10+85 12 20-22 110 L:\0303\030331.010\Publ-PhasellB\Calcs and Estimates\pipe cuts.xls CITY Or r'EARLAND BID PR6.JSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 1 01505 Mobilization (Max.3%of Total Base Bid) LS 1 2 01555 Traffic Control, Regulation&Flagmen LS 1 3 01564 Control of Ground Water for Open Cut Excavations LF 7500 4 01565 NPDES Requirements LS 1 5 01570 Trench Safety system LF 13190 Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 12"to 6 02318 18"Sanitary Sewers LF 1500 Crushed Rock Bedding for Wet Trench for 30"to 7 02318 42"Sanitary Sewers LF 1000 Trenchless 12"Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 18"Steel 8 02416 Casing LF 110 Trenchless 42"Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 54"Steel 9 02416 Casing LF 30 10 02530 8"Stubout EA 5 11 02530 8"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep LF 100 12 02530 8"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep LF 200 13 02530 12"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep LF 1475 14 02530 12"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep LF 2575 15 02530 12"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep LF 900 16 02530 15"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep LF 300 _ 4/2003 00300-2 CITY OP PEARLAND BID PRO10SAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 17 02530 15"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep LF 500 18 02530 18"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet deep LF 1150 19 02530 18"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep LF 1020 20 02530 30"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep LF 820 21 02530 36"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep LF 250 22 02530 36"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 feet deep LF 2900 23 02530 42"Gravity Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 feet deep LF 1000 4 Ft. Dia.Concrete Manholes(0 Ft.to 8 Ft. Deep) 24 02542 Corrosion Resistant EA 27 5 Ft. Dia.Concrete Manholes(0 Ft.to 8 Ft. Deep) 25 02542 Corrosion Resistant EA 2 6 Ft. Dia.Concrete Manholes(0 Ft.to 8 Ft.Deep) 26 02542 Corrosion Resistant EA 14 Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manhole(All 27 02542 sizes,4 Ft,5 Ft,6 Ft Dia. Manholes VF 601 28 02921 Hydromulch SY 43500 TOTAL 4/2003 00300-3 • Sign In Sheet City of Pearland Pre Bid Meeting for Shadow Creek Parkway Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II B2003-030 �oyz Q- ��, April 23, 2003, 3:00 P.M. jripe7;, 4'1,4.1-1 C, ni3 11(do 53i4 "713 c, eista Company Name Phone Number Fax Number et r-tLeAr d IJ 1G.,5., 4' btx 10J.J l--t-�. 7{ , ;,-� -� °, � � 7/3 Sir/ sue% /3_igp�L 412t/ikvy Z42eq Shr J A(A/$T%rF2, /A/G /4/7-kw S4(24, 7/-3-4/Z .f3S4 3Z - 77e-g leArVrnfe 6Y57:1 iwt g, C -'— 71,E 9 -44/-9-rec q 3C¢•7G v- 3 E4* PFv ac.c, 113 -4-11 5- 14 22 i 5 Cr/ s O as % 2 j 2L1 o976 111715134 . .a-_/_- �. 7 7/3-4 9i -ere-3 7/IT --ccry Cv, ,l,6 u , 6L / k.eR i AP- 37/32_0 z0i-Fl35=53o1941;01 tyl rottel-t- DAtalOre.fteil, - 504.-1tOet C sreor A-L) 7 13 19 21- 29 z q 713 Z j 7 `` < < 4eA ' 1 r) �rre �iC&dle /fie,/ &,i7 ' 06l, 90-$soa 2.4-H0 a1s5 2061/ �� ,��,s 776 -Oh'/'- 9so� 'six- 740 --3AZ 11414iEC6R ag, potkA 1(3- eco--0€6( 1(3- ssa- oem ciriluNiVisSeK 'n WU, -11-3 1Da, .` 674A4t-7 (0,52 - 19 t,/44' W5rt/ 7/37.t a.sz ch 1 - C52-4 G sir �3 a��l- 4fd-1 06, /tvy Zwveh/1 5/-44D coN l i V,N>AGE 2dNT� IoNY Gv/Jc(�-F ' ail' 531- .27.3 2 iat-33 - 1.--12tr- C415-0 7 (3 77 z1--6 S-s3 Sign In Sheet City of Pearland Pre Bid Meeting for Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Line Phase II April 23, 2003, 3:00 P.M. Company Name Phone Number Fax Number c14LCA (bn diK / EL '/ Ce90'a%ZQ c '—WS— gz7 rgirt..44 b fir10; 0'9 �i Saite— 3251• 326.ct 2b'/- 32c/- „3oe, e,e 84riv' 1k 1 IA1r 737 -LAY—NY/ Gv�✓T ,�� _e-1- Y �_ .4/.,-7fi 2V7/F l3. 6 'f 2 ,2 fri/ir- z'2. Ca�rcr C 6"&e s V r•°vi Web. '7(3 f9.23.7-3( 7(3 es?- Notice of Intent(NOI)for Storm Water Discharges TCEQ Office Use Only Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Permit Number TXR15•• •• • ••-NO TPDES Construction General Permit(TXR150000) GIN Number •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• it CEOFor help completing this application, read the TXR150000 NOI Instructions (TCEQ-20022-Instructions). A. Construction Site Operator ONew ONo Change Customer Reference Number CN Name: Mailing Address: City State: Zip Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA)Territory Country Code: Postal Code: Phone Number Extension: Fax Number E-mail Address: Type of Operator 0 Individual 0 Sole Proprietorship-D.B.A.0 Partnership ®Corporation D Federal Government 0 State Government 0 County Government 0 City Government 0 Other Independent Operator? 0 Yes 0 No Number of Employees: 0 0-20 0 21-100 0 101-250 0 251-500 0 501 or higher Federal Tax ID: State Franchise Tax ID Number DUNS Number B. Billing Address Name: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA)Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: C. Project/Site Information ®New ONo Change Regulated Entity Reference Number RN Name: Mailing Address: City• _ State:_Zip Code: Physical Address: City. County. — Zip Code: Location Access Description: Latitude._°_'_" N Longitude:_° '_" W Degrees(°),Minutes('),and Seconds(") Latitude: Longitude:— Decimal Form Standard Industrial Classification(SIC)code: Also,describe the construction activity at this site(do not repeat the SIC code): Has a storm water pollution prevention plan been prepared as specified in the general permit(TXR150000)? O Yes]No Estimated area of land disturbed(to the nearest acre): Is the project/site located on Indian Country Lands? ®Yes 0 No Does this project/site discharge storm water into a municipal separate storm sewer system.(MS4)? D Yes®No If yes,provide the name of the MS4 operator Provide the name or segment number of the water body that receives storm water from this project/site: D. Contact-If the TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application,who should be contacted? Name: Title: Phone Number. Extension: Fax Number E-mail Address: E. Payment Information-Check/Money Order Number Name on Check/Money Order F Certification I certify under penalty of law that this document was prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel property gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief,true,accurate,and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Construction Site Operator Representative: Prefix: First Middle: Last: Suffix: Title: Signature: Date: If you have questions on how to fill out this form or about the storm water program,please contact us at(512)239-4671 Individuals are entitled to request and review their personal information that the agency gathers on its forms.They may also have any errors in their information corrected.To review such information,contact us at(512)239-3282. The completed NOI must be mailed to the following address. Use the attached document to submit the$100 application fee. Please note that the NOI and application fee are submitted separately to different addresses. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water&General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O.Box 13087 Austin,Texas 78711-3087 TCEQ-20022(02103) Page 1 of 2 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Payment Submittal Form The storm water application fee shall be sent under separate cover to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality This form must be used to submit your Storm Water Application Fee. Please complete the following information,staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document,and mail it to: BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 Cashier's Office, MC-214 P O Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 Fee Code: GPA Storm Water General Permit: TXR150000 Check/Money Order No: Amount of Check/Money Order Date of Check or Money Order Name on Check or Money Order Facility/Site Name: Facility/Site Physical Address: City• Zip Code: Staple Check In This Space TCEQ-20022(02/03) Page 2 of 2 Completing the Notice of Intent for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Construction General Permit(TXR150000) N.Construction Site Operator Information Type of Operator ,heck boxes and Customer Reference Number Check only one box. These boxes designate the operator's status as a TCEQ"customer"—in Check If this customer other words,an individual or business that is involved in an activity that we regulate.-We assign each customer a number that begins with"CN," Individual is a person and has not established a business to do followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number,registration whatever causes them to be regulated by us. number,or license number.In the remainder of this section,we will use "this customer"to mean the operator for Part A of the form. Sole is a business that is owned by only one person and • If this customer has not been assigned a Customer Reference Proprietorship— has not been incorporated.This business may: Number or if this number is unknown,check"New"and leave the . D.B.A. • be under the person's name space for the Customer Reference Number blank. have its own name("doing business as,"or d.b.a.) • If this customer has already been assigned this number,enter the have any number of employees operator's Customer Reference Number and: Partnership is a business that is established as a partnership as • Check"No Change"if all the remaining customer information is thedefined by the Texas Secretary of State's Office. same as previously reported.However,you must still complete most blanks in this form for this notice of intent to be valid. Corporation meets all of these conditions: • If this customer's information has changed since the last time it was is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of reported to the TCEQ,check neither box and complete the any state or country remainder of this notice of intent. • is recognized as a corporation by the Texas • Do not enter a permit number,registration number,or license Secretary of State number in place of the Customer Reference Number. • has proper operating authority to operate in Texas. Name Federal,state, is either an agency of one of these levels of Enter the legal name of this customer as authorized to do business in county,or city government or the governmental body itself(If a utility Texas. Include any abbreviations(LLC,Inc.,etc.). government(as district,water district,tribal government,college appropriate) district,council of governments,or river authority, check"Other and write in the specific type of Mailing Address government) Enter a central and general mailing address for this customer to receive mail from the TCEQ.For example,if this customer is a large company,this Other fits none of the above descriptions.Enter a short address might be the corporate or regional headquarters.On the other description of the type of customer in the blank hand,for a smaller business,this address could be the same as the site provided. address. Independent Operator? If this is a street address,please follow US Postal Service Check"No"if this customer is a subsidiary or part of a larger company standards.In brief,these standards require this information in Otherwise,check"Yes." this order • the"house"number—for example,the 1401 in Number of Employees 1401 Main St Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire • if there is a direction before the street name,the one-or two- company,at all locations.This is not necessarily the number of letter abbreviation of that direction(N,S,E,W,NE,SE,SW,or employees at the site named-In this NOI. NW) • the street name(if a numbered street,do not spell out the Federal Tax ID number—for example,6th St,not Sixth St) All businesses,except for some small sole proprietors,should have a • an appropriate abbreviation of the type of street—for example, federal taxpayer identification number(TIN).Enter this number here.Use St,Ave,Blvd,Fwy,Exwy,Hwy,Cr,Ct,Ln no prefixes,dashes,or hyphens. Individuals and sole proprietors do not • if there is a direction after the street name,the one-or two-letter need to provide a federal tax ID. abbreviation of that direction(N,S,E,W,NE,SE,SW,or NW) • if there is a room number,suite number,or company mail code State Franchise Tax ID Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are City,State,and ZIP Code issued a franchise tax identification number If this customer is a Enter the name of the city,the two-letter USPS abbreviation for the state corporation or limited liability company,enter this number here. (for example,TX),and the ZIP Code.(Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) DUNS Number Country Mailing Information Most businesses have a DUNS(Data Universal Numbering System) If this address is outside the United States,enter the territory name, number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp.If this customer has one,enter country code,and any non-ZIP mailing codes or other non-U.S.Postal it here. Service features here.If this address is inside the United States,leave these spaces blank. B.Billing Address We will mail the annual fee invoice for this site to the address entered in Phone Number and Extension this section. This number should correspond to this customer's mailing address given earlier Enter the area code and phone number here.Leave"Extension" Name blank if this customer's phone system lacks this feature. Enter the legal name of the person or business to which we should mail this site's fee invoice each year Fax Number This number should correspond to this customer's mailing address given Mailing Address earlier Enter the area code and fax number here. Enter the specific mailing address to which we should mail this site's fee invoice each year If this is a street address,please follow the US Postal E-mail Address Service standards as described under"A.Construction Site Operator As with the mailing address,this should be a general address that is Information"on page 1 of these instructions. appropriate for e-mail to this customer's central or regional headquarters,if applicable. City,State,and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city,the two-letter USPS abbreviation for the state If"No Change"was checked for this customer, (for example,TX),and the ZIP Code.(Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) you may skip the rest of the fields in this part of the form and continue to the next part of the NM. TCEQ-20022-Instructions(04/03) Page 1 of 2 Country Mailing Information measures,your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and filter If this address is outside the United States,enter the territory name, storm water,tell how those devices are to be maintained,and tell how country code,and any non-ZIP mailing codes or other non-U.S.Postal frequently that maintenance is to be carried out.You must develop this Service features here.If this address is inside the United States,leave plan before you complete this NOL This plan must be available for a these spaces blank. TCEQ investigator to review on request Specific requirements for the development of the plan can be found in the Texas Pollutant Discharge Project/Site Information Elimination System Construction General Permit(TXR150000). -.heck boxes and Regulated Entity Reference Number These boxes designate this site's status as a TCEQ"regulated entity"—in Estimated Area of Land Disturbed other words,a location where an activity that we regulate occurs.We Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will assign each regulated entity a number that begins with"RN,"followed by disturb. "Disturb"means any clearing,grading,excavating,or other similar nine digits. This is not a permit number,registration number,or license activities. number. Is the site located on Indian Country Lands? • If this site has not been assigned a Regulated Entity Reference Number or if this number Is unknown,check"New"and leave the Check"Yes"only if the site is on a reservation or other areas designated by space for the Regulated Entity Reference Number blank. the federal government as Indian Country Lands.If not,check"No." • If this site has already been assigned this number,enter the Regulated Entity Reference Number and: Destination of Storm Water Discharge • Check"No Change"if all the remaining information is the same as The storm water from your site eventually reaches a receiving water body previously reported.However,even if there has been no change, such as a local stream or lake,possibly via a drainage ditch. The you must complete this section at least through"E-mail Address"for discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system this NOI to be valid. (MS4).Check the appropriate boxes for whether storm water is discharged • If this site's information has changed since the last time it was into an MS4. If you checked"Yes"to°An MS4?",then enter the name of reported to the TCEQ,check neither box and complete the the entity that operates the storm sewer—often a city,town,or utility remainder of this notice of intent district,but possibly another form of government. • Do not enter a permit number,registration number,or license number in place of the Regulated Entity Reference Number You must also provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the construction site(a local stream or lake). Storm water Name may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or via a storm sewer Enter the name by which you want this site to be known to the TCEQ. system. If known,please include the segment number if the discharge is to a classified water body. Mailing Address For a map that includes segment numbers,go to: Enter the specific mailing address for this site.If this is a street address, please follow the US Postal Service standards as described under"A httpJ/www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/water/quality/datalindex.html Construction Site Operator Information"on page 1 of these instructions. If the project/site's mailing address is the same as what is provided in D.Contact Section A,you may enter"Same as Section A" Give all the relevant information for the person whom TCEQ can contact if there are questions about any of the information on this form—perhaps the City,State,and ZIP Code same person who completed the form. Enter the name of the city,the two-letter USPS abbreviation for the state (for example,TX),and the ZIP Code.(Enter the full ZIP+4i if you know it.) E. Payment Information Provide the number and name from the check or money order used to pay 'hysical Address the$100 application fee. .nter the physical address of the site itself.TCEQ staff should be able to use this address to find the site. Please follow the US Postal Service F Certification standards as described under"A.Construction Site Operator The operator must sign and date this statement to validate this NOI.Be Information"on page 1 of these instructions. If the project/site does not sure to enter the full legal name of the person signing the form and the have a physical address,enter"No Address" relevant title—for example,"Operator,""Operator's attorney,"or'Senior Site Manager"Use the"Prefix'blank for such titles as Dr.,Mr.,or Ms.,as City,County,and ZIP Code desired.Use the"Suffix"blank for such designations as Ph.D.,Jr.,Sr.,III, Enter the name of the city,the county,and the ZIP Code.(Enter the full or J.D.,if applicable. ZIP+4 if you know it.) This information must be provided even if you have entered°No Address"in the previous field. For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer A responsible corporate officer means a president, Location Access Description secretary,treasurer,or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a Enter a physical description of the location of the site based on highway principal business function,or any other person who performs similar policy intersections and/or permanent landmarks. or decision-making functions for the corporation;or the manager of one or more manufacturing,production,or operating facilities employing more Latitude and Longitude than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in either degrees,minutes,and $25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars),if authority to sign documents seconds or decimal form. has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures.Corporate procedures governing authority to sign For help obtaining the latitude and longitude,go to: permit applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable httpJ/www.tnrccstate.tx.us/gis/drgview.html corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. Standard Industrial Classification(SIC)Code and Activity Description For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively Provide the SIC code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site. For a municipality,state,federal,or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected For help with SIC codes,go to: official.For purposes of this application,a principal executive officer of a httpJNvww.osha.govloshstats/sicser.html federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency,or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a ® In addition to the SIC code,you must also provide a description of the principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.regional administrator of the construction activity being conducted at the site. This may include such United States Environmental Protection Agency). descriptions as:"Apartment Building Construction"or"Shopping Center Construction." Questions? If you have questions about any of the information on this form,contact our Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Storm Water Program at 512/239-4671 or look for"Storm Water'on our 'his plan identifies the areas and activities that could produce Web site: contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this www.tceq.state.tx.us contamination is mitigated.For example,in describing your mitigation TCEQ-20022-Instructions(04/03) Page 2 of 2 Attachment 2 TPDES General Permit TXR150000 maw .mrwr ammo IOW IVO 111111146101441 CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Storm Water Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.D.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of storm water runoff from construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ storm water permit program may be found on the intemet at: www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permittin,g/waterperm/wwperm/tpdestorm Contact Name and Phone Number Project Description: ((Physical address or description of the site's ocation,estimated start date and projected end date,or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized) Location of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan For Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II.D.2. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge)the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.D.2.of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A storm water pollution prevention plan has been developed and implemented according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 system. I am aware there are significant penalties for providmg false mformation or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Page 33 ON—SITE SOIL BACK FILL FINISHED GRADE TO BE PLACED IN 8" LAYERS & COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DRY DENSITY • /- 0 •/•. ;moo \ ;..':, '•.;. . '.•• .....•A 100 psi CEMENT STABILIZED % �i� " r' ' SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED TO `;\ :• .. ,�, . '"' ' :is ;`' ;\�;, 95% MAX. ,, :•., , �\, DENSITY • L. . PIPE : •'• . 12" 1 12" MIN MIN E TRENCH SECTION UNDER FUTURE PAVEMENT WHERE IDENTIFIED s FINISHED GRADE _ ON—SITE SOIL BACK FILL TO BE PLACED IN 8" LAYERS & COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DRY DENSITY 1111111 E a •S .• •t t. n • _ '' 100 psi CEMENT STABILIZED 0 N M �o� ' `^ "1, " • "•{, ..4// SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED TO F. \;'• ' . •'"` :. P. " i`; 95% MAX. DENSITY N L I. 4..v:x.r •tom.• •'` •• '�� Q PIPE �• • %% `$ CO '��_•';' •t :/� g • NSt y 12" 1 12" MIN MIN 4 PIPE BEDDING DETAIL — GRAVITY SEWER AND FORCE MAIN EXHIBIT A b •:.n- Sy p�l FM w)34) _ ---- Tr i:). 7?--414%C REFk pARKW I SHADOW G�� m� R Yar FM 2234 _,6,.:_�..___„_! Q o v rt 1I12®' z rn 1I 0 13 il k .4 „ 0, - .I' �, - DISCOVERY BAY \ _X_ D'IVE E. REGgi ENTS X ). ) : 1 E /1: P. e NOTE, Y \1"-?/ .., -X \ CONTRACTOR IS TO PLACE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION .........-- A ( EXITS ALL ALL ACCESS POINTS TO THE PROJECT THE \ STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT SHALL BE LOCATED 3 �j WHERE CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC ENTERS AN EXISTING ROAD. DRIVE ir--------- r\ - ;-, � w zo,, -X1. _ Y I X— a 2 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN EXHIBIT B 1 g g 50' MIN PUBLIC EXISTING GROUND-\ L. 7- Li RIGHT-OF-WAYSEPERATION GEOTEXTIL `-8" MIN FABRIC FOR FULL WID GRADED TO PREVENT a AND LENGTH OF EXIT RUN-OFF FROM LEAVING SITE „,...........„4N ._L_____..„ PROFILE PROVIDE APPROPRIATE TRANSITION BETWEEN STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE AND PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY PLAN POINTS A SHOULD BE HIGHER THAN PLAN I50' MIN I POINT B, OR AT TOP OF BANK (TYP) - • iu=u°n A • 4.1.4 �•40___________. u' .'J 19 MIN LI 1111111100411 EXISTING y;: :;: PUBLIC -4' MIN— � 1a e ���GROUND ! •:::,, RIGHT-OF-WAY U�' U U E_ "V-DITCH" SECTION/ELEVATION TRAPEZOIDAL SECTION/ELEVATION g COARSE AGGREGATE PLAN VIEW n 3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES, CONSTRUCTION NOTES. 0 1 LENGTH SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, BUT NOT LESS THAN 1 SET 1 INCH BY 2 INCH WOODEN STAKES SPACED A MAX g 50 FEET OF 6 FEET APART AND EMBEDDED A MIN OF 12 INCHES. € 2. THICKNESS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 8 INCHES. 2. WOVEN WIRE FENCE TO BE FASTENED SECURELY TO 3. WIDTH SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN FULL WIDTH OF ALL POINTS OF INGRESS OR EGRESS. FENCE POSTS WITH.STAPLES. a 4. STABILIZATION FOR OTHER AREAS SHALL HAVE THE SAME AGGREGATE THICKNESS AND 3. FILTER CLOTH TO BE FASTENED SECURELY TO WOVEN WIRE WIDTH REQUIREMENTS AS THE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT UNLESS OTHERWISE FENCE, WITH TIES SPACED EVERY 24 INCHES AT TOP AND MIDSECTION. SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. MIDS 4. MINIMUM HEIGHT OF FILTER SHOULD BE 18 INCHES AND 5. STABILIZED AREA MAY BE WIDENED OR LENGTHENED TO ACCOMODATE A TRUCK WASHING A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES ABOVE NATURAL GROUND. a AREA. AN OUTLET SEDIMENT TRAP MUST BE PROVIDED FOR THE TRUCK WASHING AREA. $ 6. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT SHALL BE MAINTAINED FREE OF 5. WHEN TWO SECTIONS OF FILTER CLOTH ADJOIN EACH OTHER SEDIMENT FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT THEY SHALL BE OVERLAPPED 6 INCHES AT THE POSTS, AND FOLDED. F. Ir SYMBOL • X FILTER FABRIC FENCE SYMBOL :• t STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION DETAILS EXHIBIT C 7. 3 -- - - SECTION 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO. 2003-030 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked "Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Truck Lines, Phase II' and lift stations in the office of the Purchasing Officer the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 3:00 P M Wednesday, April 23, 2003, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of: Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Truck Lines, Phase II City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.: 2003-030 A mandatory Pre -bid Conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland Texas 77581 at 3:00 P.M Wednesday, April 16, 2003. This project will entail: The extension of the existing Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines consisting of approximately 1,000 feet of 42", 3200 feet of 36", 820 feet of 30", 2200 feet of 18", 800 feet of 15", 5200 feet of 12" , and 300 feet of 8" sanitary sewer lines. Information and Bid Documents Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland 281-652-1600 City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 The Associated General Contractors 713-843-3700 of America Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092 AGC of Texas 713-334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 Dodge Reports 713-529-4895 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77098 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Carter & Burgess, Inc , 55 Waugh Drive, Houston Texas 77007, upon request and deposit of one hundred dollars ($100 00) per set. No partial sets will be issued. The amount of the deposit will not be refunded 030440.010 Section 00020 1 of 2 No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check, or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland. The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by law (Article 5160 Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes as amended) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Any contractor or contracts awarded under this Invitation for Bids are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a part of this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. Equal Opportunity in Employment — All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion sex, or national origin. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the Presidents Executive Order No. 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60. This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB document SRF-52, Minonty and Women s Business Enterprise Guidance, describes the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the city with the information required for MWBE Certification and participation summary TWDB document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good -faith effort to meet the MWBE goal. END OF SECTION 030440.010 Section 00020 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum stated m the Invitation to Bidders may be obtained from the Engineer. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer m making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaimng Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Qualifications of Bidders 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request wntten evidence, such as financial data, previous expenence, present comrmtments, list of proposed sub - bidders, references and other such data, as may be called for by the Owner. The Apparent low Bidder must submit this information to the Engineer within 24 hours of Bid Opening. 03/2003 00100-1 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1 Those reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non -technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 4.2.2 Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.2.1 is incorporated therein by reference. Such technical data has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 03/2003 00100-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4.6 On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easement for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techrnques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated m or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5. Interpretations and Addenda 5.1 All questions about the meamng or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clanfications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. 6. Bid Security 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescribed). 6.2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon 03/2003 00100-3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within fifteen days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earher of the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the sixty-first day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 7 Contract Time The number of days m which the Work is to be substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (Contract Time) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement. 8. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus are set forth in the agreement. 9. Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment descnbed in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal' items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or -equal" item of materialor equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. All ` or equal" references shall be interpreted to mean 'or approved equal" The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engmeer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 10. Bid Form 10.1 The Bid Form (Section 00300 - Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer (or the issuing office). 10.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewnter. 03/2003 00100-4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 10.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 10.4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 10.5 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 10.6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 10.7 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 11. Submission of Bids Bids shall be submitted in duplicate at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by Bid security. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 12. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 12.1 Bids maybe modified or withdrawn by an appropnate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 12.2 If, withm twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid and the Bid security may be returned at the discretion of the owner. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 03/2003 00100-5 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 13. Opening of Bids Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 14. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance All bids will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 15. Award of Contract 15.1 Owner reserves the nght to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all mfor mahties not mvolving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract tenns with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming nonresponsive unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and umt prices will be resolved in favor of the umt prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved m favor of the correct sum. 15.2 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 15.3 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to estabhsh the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furmsh the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the proposed time. 15.4 If the contract is to be awarded it will be based on the lowest bid option proposed and awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interest of the Project. 03/2003 00100-6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 15.5 If the contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid opening. 16. Contract Security When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes. 17. Signing of Agreement When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 18. Prebid Conference A prebid meeting will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bidders. 19. Retainage Provisions concerning retainage are set forth m the Agreement. 20. Texas Water Development Board Requirements 20.1 This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB). 20.2 Any contract or contracts awarded under this Invitation for Bids are expected to be funded n part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a party to this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. 20.3 Equal Opportunity in Employment: All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race color, religion, sex or national origin. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's executive order No. 11246, as amended by Executive Order 113735, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60. 03/2003 00100-7 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 20.4 This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB Document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterpnse Guidance, describes the requirements of this program. The Contract must provide the City with the information required for MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, TWDB Document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good -faith effort to meet the MWBE goal. 20.5 Form SAF-373 shall be submitted by the apparent low bidder within twenty-four (24) hours of the bid opening. Submittal of other forms will be requested by the Engineer, as required. END OF SECTION 03/2003 00100-8 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Date 4/30/03 Bid of Reddico Const. Co.. Inc. , an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: • Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase LI 2003-030 (Submit in Duplicate) To: The Honorable Mayor and City of Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bid, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of the Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested andoperational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Engineer, Carter & Burgess, Inc., Houston, Texas, wider the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed. The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a written notice to commence work. It is understood that the work is to be substantially complete within one hundred eighty (180) calender days and completed and ready for final payment within two hundred ten (210) calender days. Time for completion shall begin on the date established by the notice to commence work. 03J2003 00300-1 8 I 02416 4 I 01565 3 01564 iniournesisia N .+ 1 ••l OS ab. wok A awl W PO- ash aa ) Ch s o s sW a § ea 03 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feat deep 1 LF 2575 I 33.80 I 87,035.00 8' Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet deep LF 1 100 52.40 5,240.00 8' Gravity Sanitary Sowers 18 to 20 feet deep LF 200 55.00 11, 000.00 00'OSZ i 00'OSZ S d3 1ncci"IS.9 Trenchless 42" Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 54" Steel CasinglF 30 1, 082.00 32_, 460.00 00' 06T' ET I 00' I 1 owl. I di I - - wombs AteJBS tpueil 00'Ouo'oi I 00.000 OT I t I Si l s 2i S3tIdN Control of Ground Water for Open Out Excavations LF 1-7500 0.01 1 75.00 ITEM DESORPTION I UNITS I QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL Mobazason (Max. 3% of Total Bass Ent._ I 1 I 40, 500. 00 I 40,500.0 less 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 1$` Steel LF 110 315.00 I 34, 650 00. i I G r 16 to 18 feet deep LF 1 1475 I 30.90 1 45,577.50 tB Oj s s Et IS Es 1500 I 7.30 1 10,950.00 § W 0 V dd 1 1 0 0 - Q 1011 0 W W 0 1> IFOo O 28 02921 1H1rdromutch SY 143500 0.52 TOTAL 2 N 8 N 2 N & 8 c 8 7n m 9 Itt O 9.w Q 51 1 G1 61 Wa O la Ft. Dia. Concrete Manholes (0 Ft. to 8 Ft Deep) Corrosion Resistant Rth-nei 36" Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 feet deep 36" Gravity Sanitary Sweets 22 to 24 feet deep J I 1 r 1 R 1 If tog to if 21 11 Ets 23 2 1111 73 gri •1 8 mii,ii to a r if a•shi ~ _ O at 71 R m` S • Tv LF I 1000 200.80 cqqqq;1 N O VOii O COh 00 ih O l-' 0 C z p, co N �jr,-p� as �O O O m O _ 10 N Lai N N N ILO CO W N 4:1 00-008`OOZ 00"0SZ`89Z 00-0S£`TZ co y 0 0 53,856.00 A s to 0O to 0li 0 LA O s s lit t V Ut W ON N CD 0 N La 0 sof 1 N to O 0 0 O O t. 0 O . td 70 be 0 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL It is agreed that the contract price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted by order of the Engineer, in . accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of bid opening. It is understood that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award and fails to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract for all parts of the work, the successful bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Specifications submitted with his bid proposal. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid documents noted therem have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. One Dated 4/4/03 Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Two Dated 4/28/03 Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Firm Name: Redd 3e, Cot Signed: Michael 4. Cruy, 'a cut ve Vice-R.esid •t Address: 10083 FM 1484. Conroe. TX 77303 Phone No: 936-441-9500 ATTEST: Ren Welke5E, Vice -President (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation). Date: April 30. 2003 • Signature April 30, 2003 Date END OF SECTION 03/2003 00300-4 3 • Bid Bond Surety Department KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, THE HARTFORD VIIIELITY . *Oft01-'G Bond No.N/A Reddico Construction Company, Inc. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and the Hartford Fire Insurance Company , a corporation created and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut , whose principal office is in Hartford as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars ( $ 5% G.A.B. ), for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, the said Pnncipal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors andassigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal has submitted a bid for Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Line, Phase II NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Pnncipal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the biddings or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and materials furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 30th day of April A.D. 20 03 Witness (If Individual) Attest °"O1" 110A) Ken i)Valker, Vice President Reddico Construction Company, Inc. (Pjnc jpal) 4 (SEAL) By .. (SEAL) Attest 9 j ttLA-L-Qa ., By Shantrice St. Julian (Approved by the American Institute of Architects, A.I.A. Document No. A-310 1970 Edition) Form S-3266.4 Printed in U.S.A. 12-70 - Michael A. Gruy, Executive Vice Presid (Title) Hartford Fire Insurance Company ancy T. Tanko, A • rney-In-Fact (Title) • (SEAL.) (SEAL) (SEAL) X POWER OF ATTORNEY Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company THE HARTFORD HARTFORD PLAZA HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06115 Twin City Fire Insurance Company ri Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT the Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company and Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut; Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, Twin City Fire Insurance Company and Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest corporations duly organized under the laws of the, State of Indiana; and Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida; having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint up to the amount of unlimited: Richard M. Heidbnnk, Kimberly J. Smith, Richard D. Bright, Steve Bevy, Nancy T. Tanko of Houston, TX their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other wntten instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law In Witness Whereof and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on September 12th 2000, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. �) ot . na- co't Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary STATE OF CONNECTICUT COUNTY OF HARTFORD ss, Hartford Colleen Mastroianni, Assistant Vice President On this 25th day of October, 20021 before me personally came Colleen Mastroianni, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that she resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that she Is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that she knows the seals of the said corporations, that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that she signed her name thereto by like authority • CiatiIMCATE Scott E.Pucks Notary Public My Commission Expires October 31,2007 I the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, which is stilt in full force effective as of April 30, 2003. Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. Yves Conlin, Assistant Vice President POA 2002 ,INE FURTFoiD • Inquiries Reearding Claims • Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity products issued by The Hartford's underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number Fax - Claims E-mail Mailing Address • • 888-266-3488 860-757-5835 or 860-547-8265 claims® 1 stepsurety com The Hartford The Hartford Fidelity & Bonding (BOND) Hartford Plaza 690 Asylum Avenue Hartford CT 06115 Insured's Name Reddico Construction Company, Inc. Insured's Mailing Address 10083 FM 1484 Conroe, Texas 77303 • Policy Number N/A IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBLIGEES/POLICYHOLDERS TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 You are hereby notified that, under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, effective November 26, 2002, we must make terrorism coverage available in your bond/policy. However, the actual coverage provided by your bond/policy for acts of terrorism, as is true for all coverages, is limited by the terms, conditions, exclusions, limits, other provisions of your bond/policy, any endorsements to the bond/policy and generally applicable rules of law. Any terrorism coverage provided by this bond/policy is partially reinsured by the United States of America under a formula established by Federal Law Under this formula, the United States will pay 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding a statutorily -established deductible paid by sureties/insurers until such time as insured losses under the program reach $100 billion. If that occurs, Congress will determine the procedures for, and the source of, any payments for losses in excess of $100 billion The premium charge that has been established for terrorism coverage under this bond/policy is either shown on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy. If there is no premium shown for terrorism on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy, there is no premium for the coverage. Terrorism premium: j SO 1 • Form B•3333.0 Page 1 of 1 © 2002, The Hartford CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00510 AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF PEARLAND AND CONTRACTOR THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of June in the year 2003 by and between the City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER) and Reddico Construction Co., Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Shadow Creek Ranch & Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines, Phase II City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2003-030 Article 2. ENGINEER. The Work has been designed by Carter & Burgess, Inc. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER s representative assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authonty assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1 The Work will be substantially completed within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run in, and completed and ready for final payment withm two hundred ten (210) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as 03/2003 00510-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension hereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for final payment. 3.3 Early Completion Bonus. Owner agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR an early completion bonus of five hundred ($500.00) for each calendar day that the project is declared substantially complete by the ENGINEER, prior to the time allowed for substantial completion in the contract documents up to a maximum of forty- five (45) calendar days or twenty-two thousand five hundred dollars ($22,500). 3.4 Inspection Time. Working hours for the City of Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 AM to 4:30 PM Monday through Friday, excluding city approved holidays. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner of any required overtime work at least 48 hours in advance. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of that item as indicated in this paragraph. UNIT PRICE WORK ITEM SECTION No. Unit Cost Total UNITS QTY _ ITEM DESCRIPTION REFERENCE 1 01505 Mobilization (Max. 3% of Total Base Bid) LS 1 $ 40,500.00 $ 40,500.00 2 01555 LS 1 $ 3,600.00 $ 3,600.00 Traffic Control, Regulation & Flagmen 3 01564 Control of Ground Water for Open Cut LF 7500 $ 0.01 $ 75.00 Excavations 4 01565 LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 NPDES Requirements 5 01570 LF 13190 $ 1.00 $ 13,190.00 Trench Safety system 6 02318 LF 1500 $ 7.30 $ 10,950.00 Crushed for 12" to Rock 18" Sanitary Bedding Sewers for Wet Trench 7 02318 LF 1000 $ 13.80 $ 13,800.00 Crushed for 30" to Rock 42" Sanitary Bedding for Sewers Wet Trench 8 LF 110 $ 315.00 $ 34,650.00 02416 Trenchless 12" Gravity Sanitary Sewer in 18" Steel Casing 03/2003 00510-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9 02416 54" Steel 42" Gravity Casing Sanitary Sewer LF 30 $ 1,082.00 $ 32,460.00 in Trenchless 10 02530 8" Stubout 5 $ 250.00 $ 1,250.00 EA 11 02530 8" deep Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 feet LF 100 $ 52.40 $ 5,240.00 12 02530 8" deep Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 feet LF 200 $ 55.00 $ 11,000.00 13 02530 12" feet Gravity deep Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 LF 1475 $ 30.90 $ 45,577.50 14 02530 12" feet Gravity deep Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 LF 2575 $ 33.80 $ 87,035.00 15 02530 12" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 LF 900 $ 37.00 $ 33,300.00 deep 16 02530 15" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 16 to 18 LF 300 $ 33.80 $ 10,140.00 deep 17 02530 15" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 LF 500 $ 36.70 $ 18,350.00 deep 18 02530 18" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 18 to 20 LF 1150 $ 51.10 $ 58,765.00 deep 19 02530 18" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 LF 1020 $ 52.80 $ 53,856.00 deep 20 02530 30" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 LF 820 $ 68.00 $ 55,760.00 deep 21 02530 36" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 20 to 22 LF 250 $ 85.40 $ 21,350.00 deep 22 02530 36" feet Gravity deep Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 LF 2900 $ 92.50 $ 268,250.00 23 02530 42" feet Gravity Sanitary Sewers 22 to 24 LF 1000 $ 200.80 $ 200,800.00 deep 24 02542 4 Ft. Ft. Deep) Dia. Concrete Corrosion Manholes (0 Ft. to 8 27 $ 2,910.00 $ 78,570.00 Resistant EA 25 02542 5 Ft Deep) Dia. Concrete Corrosion Manholes (0 Ft. to 8 2 $ 4,780.00 $ 9,560.00 Ft. Resistant EA 26 02542 6 Ft Deep) Dia. Concrete Corrosion Manholes (0 Ft. to 8 14 $ 6,280.00 $ 87,920.00 Ft. Resistant EA 27 02542 Depth (All Corrosion sizes, 4 Ft, 5 Ft 6 Ft Dia. VF 601 $ 223.00 $ 134,023.00 Extra Manhole Manholes Resistant 28 02921 SY 43500 $ 0.52 $ 22,620.00 Hydromulch Contract Amount $ 1,362,591.50 Total 03/2003 00510-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the last day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be based on the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.05 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed). 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage of work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. 5.1.2 Each partial payment shall be less 5 percent of the amount thereof, which 5 per cent shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may -upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER -pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under. "Final Payment." Article 6 INTEREST. Not applicable. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has famihanzed itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in 03/2003 00510-4 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT the Supplementary Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC-4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that they have discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following• 8.1 This Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 Performance and other Bonds identified as Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612. 8.3 Notice of Award. 8.4 General Conditions. 03/2003 00510-5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.5 Supplementary Conditions. 8.7 Specifications consisting of divisions and as numbered pages, as listed in table of contents thereof. 8.8 Drawings, consisting of cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through3 Z. inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title: Shadow Creek Ranch & Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines, Phase II 8.9 Addenda number / to 2. , inclusive. 8.10 CONTRACTOR'S Bid (Section 00300, Bid Proposal). 8.12 Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award. 8.13 The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Wntten Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibihty under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 03/2003 00510-6 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on G _ 2003. OWNER City of Pearland ���\ .A' �LA/V �6" `,� 0('� Q oo t oo ``\` oo , 0 �S 1' � CT� �c acoeRc o 4 Co)0 2 0 0 toe c• ao irn fr 0 0 0 0 00 000 0 o° 0oo°h Oki �• •, Attest Addr: s for giving notices 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland TX 77581 Telephone 281-652-1600 CONTRACTOR Reddico Construction Company, Inc. By Michael A. Gruy, Executi "e vi e-President (Corporate Seal) Ken Walker, Vice -President Address for giving notices 10083 FM 1484 Conroe, Texas 77303 Telephone 936-441-9500 Fax 281-652-1706 Fax 936-760-3846 Agent for service of process END OF SECTION 00510-7 03/2003 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS BOND NO. 61 BCSCE5200 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Reddico Construction Co., Inc. of the City of Conroe, County of Montgomery, and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford Fi re* authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of One Million, Three Hundred Sixty Two Thousand, Five Hundred Ninety One Dollars and Fifty Cents ($1,362,591.50) for the payment whereof, the said Pnncipal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: *Insurance Company WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of June 2003 to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2003-030 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein." Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 03/2003 00610-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this i F' day of 2003. Principal: Surety: Reddico Construction Company, Inc. Hartford Fire Insurance Company By: Afeetz By: Michael A. Gruy Title: Executive Vice President Address: 10083 FM 1484 Nancy T. Tanko Title: Attorney -In -Fact Address: 785 Greens Parkway, Suite 200 Conroe, Texas 77303 Houston, Texas 77067 Telephone: 9 3 6- 4 41- 9 5 0 0 Fax: 936-760-3846 • Telephone: 281-877-3675 Fax: 281-877-3990 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Guaranty Insurance Services, Inc. 13101 Northwest Freeway, Suite 220 Houston, Texas 77040 Ph: 713-934-2010 Fax: 713-934-2020 END OF SECTION 03/2003 00610-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA BOND NO. 61BCSCE5200 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Reddico Construction Co., Inc. of the City of Conroe, County of Montgomery, and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford F i re* authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of One Million Three Hundred Sixty Two Thousand, Five Hundred Ninety One Dollars and Fifty Cents ($1,362,591.50) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: *Insurance Company WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the O\ day of June 2003, to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2003-030 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. • • Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 03/2003 00611-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this c h day of K :1) 2' 2003• Principal: Surety: Reddico Construction Company, Inc. Hartford Fire Insurance Company By: Michael A. Gruy Title: Executive Vice President Address: 10083 FM 148a Nancy T. Tanko Title: Attorney -In -Fact Address: 785 Greens Parkway, Suite 200 Conroe, Texas 77303 Houston, Texas 77067 Telephone: 9 3 6- 4 41- 9 5 0 0 Telephone: 2 81- 8 7 7- 3 6 7 5 Fax: 936-760-3846 Fax: 281-877-3990 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Guaranty Insurance Services, Inc. 13101 Northwest Freeway, Suite 220 Houston, Texas 77040 Ph: 713-934-2010 FAX: 713-934-2020 END OF SECTION 03/2003 00611-2 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND BOND NO. 61BCSCE5200 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Reddico Construction Co., Inc. of the City of Conroe, County of Montgomery, and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford Fi re* authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of One Million, Three Hundred Sixty Two Thousand, Five Hundred Ninety One Dollars and Fifty Cents ($1,362,591.50) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: *Insurance Company WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of June 2003 to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2003-030 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not m accordance with the Contract Documents discovered withm the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein." Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 03/2003 00612-1 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instntment thisCIA\ day of JOilt- 2003. Principal: Surety: Reddico Construction Company, Inc. Hartford Fire Insurance Company By: Michael A. Gruy Title: Executive Vice President Title: Nancy T. Tanl<o Attorney -In -Fact Address: Address: 10083 FM 1484 785 Greens Parkway, Suite 200 Conroe, Texas 77303 Houston, Texas 77067 Telephone: 9 3 6- 4 41- 9 5 0 0 Telephone: 2 81- 8 7 7- 3 9 9 0 Fax: 936-760-3846 Fax: 281-877-3990 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Guaranty Insurance Services, Inc. 13101 Northwest Freeway, Suite 220 Houston, Texas 77040 Ph: 713-934-2010 Fax: 713-934-2020 END OF SECTION 03/2003 00612-2 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: X X 1 • Direct Inquiries/Claims to: THE HARTFORD BOND, T 4 690 ASYLUM AVENUE HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06115 call. 888-266-3488 orfax• 860-757-5835 Agency Code: 61-614081 Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Twin City Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the 'Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited : Richard M. Heidbrink, Kimberly J. Smith, Richard D. Bright, Steve Berry, Nancy T. Tanko, Morris D. Plagens, Jr. of Houston, TX their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by iI and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on September 12th, 2000, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. ot Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary STATE OF CONNECTICUT ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD On this 25th day of October, 2002, before me personally came Colleen Mastroianni, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that she resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that she is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that she knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that she signed her name thereto by like authority. Colleen Mastroianni, Assistant Vice President CERTIFICATE Scott E. Paseka Notary Public My Commission Expires October 31, 2007 I, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. .0 t i.0t6P'IPA1(4 y 1837 , L2On1 t t (Mt 1r, %1,4 PI 'RI 011 Ar 4""*.ieel 4, rigstfr t 1979'da' P4tPµ* POA 2003 Yves Cantin, Assistant Vice President ACORD., CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID JN REDD-C2 DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 06/06/03 PRODUCER Guaranty Insurance Services r O. Box 4745 ,ston TX 77210-4745 �none:713-939-9898 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED Reddico Construction Company, 10083 FM 1484 Conroe TX 77303 INSURER A: Bituminous Casualty Corp. INSURER B: Texas Mutual Ins Co. INSURER C: Nat'l Union Fire Ins . Co . of PA INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TNSR LTR ADD'L NSRC TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY (MM/DD/YY) EFFECTIVE POLICY DATE EXPIRATION (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 A X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLP3158353 02/06/03 10/01/03 UAMAbt I KtNIEU PREMISES (Ea occurence) $ 100000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5000 X per proj agg PERSONAL&ADVINJURY $ 1000000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2000000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2000000 POLICY PRO-LOC JECT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1000000 A X X ANY AUTO CAP3158354 02/06/03 10/01/03 (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5000000 C X OCCUR CLAIMSMADE BE 2195920 02/06/03 10/01/03 AGGREGATE $ 5000000 $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ 10000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X ITORY IMITS OER B EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE TSF0001109878 10/01/02 10/01/03 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1000000 OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1000000 If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1000000 D OTHER Leased/Rented 3AT663934-00 11/25/02 10/01/03 Per Item 200,000 Equipment Occurrenc 200,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT Inc. Additional / SPECIAL PROVISIONS Insured GL City of Pearland & Carter & Burgess, by Waiver as respects of & Automobile Liability as required written contract. Subrogation in favor of Owner & Engineer as respects GL, Automobile & Work Comp by Umbrella follows form. RE•Shadow where required written contract. Creek Ranch & Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II BID NO.2003-030 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City C/O 55 Waugh Houston of Carter Pearland & Drive TX 77077 Burgess, CITPEA5 Inc. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY REPRESENTATIVES.,, POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR AUJT�iyRi REPRESENT Ti r/// ACORD CORPORATION 1 ACORD 25 (2001/08) Inquiries Regarding Claims Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwi iters Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity products issued by The Hartford's underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number Fax - Claims E-mail Mailing Address • • • • • • • 888-266 3488 860-757-5835 or 860-547 8265 claims@lstepsurety.com The Hartford The Hartford Fidelity & Bonding (BOND) Hartford Plaza 690 Asylum Avenue Hartford CT 06115 Insured's Name Reddico Construction Company, Inc. Insured's Mailing Address 10083 FM 1484 Conroe, Texas 77303 Policy Number 61BCSCE5200 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBLIGEES/POLICYHOLDERS - TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 You are hereby notified that, under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, effective November 26, 2002, we must make terrorism coverage available in your bond/policy. However, the actual coverage provided by your bond/policy for acts of terrorism, as is true for all coverages, is limited by the terms, conditions, exclusions limits, other provisions of your bond/policy, any endorsements to the bond/policy and generally applicable rules of law. Any terrorism coverage provided by this bond/policy is partially reinsured by the United States of America under a formula established by Federal Law Under this formula, the United States will pay 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding a statutorily -established deductible paid by sureties/insurers until such time as insured losses under the program reach $100 billion. If that occurs, Congress will determine the procedures for, and the source of, any payments for losses in excess of $100 billion The premium charge that has been established for terrorism coverage under this bond/policy is either shown on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy. If there is no premium shown for terrorism on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy, there is no premium for the coverage. Terrorism premium: $0 Form B-3333-0 Page 1 of 1 2002, The Hartford CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 1.02 Contract Documents 1 1.03 Subcontractor 1 1.04 Written Notice 1 1.05 Work 1 1.06 Extra Work 2 1.07 Working Day 2 1.08 Calender Day 2 1.09 Substantially Completed 2 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 2 1.11 Referenced Standards 3 1.12 Special Conditions 3 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3 2.01 Adequacy of Design 3 2.02 Right of Entry 3 2.03 Ownership of Drawings 3 2.04 Changes and Alterations 3 2.05 Damages 4 03/2003 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 4 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 4 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 4 3.03 Preliminary Approval 4 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 5 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 5 3.06 Objections 6 3.07 Recommendation of Payment 6 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 6 4.01 Independent Contractor 6 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 7 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 7 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 7 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds 7 4.06 Insurance 8 4.07 Certificate of Insurance 9 4.08 Permits and Fees 10 4.09 Texas State Sales Tax 10 4.10 Contractor's Duty and Supenntendence 10 4.11 Character of Workers 10 4.12 Labor, Equipment, Matenals, Construction Plant and Buildings 11 4.13 Sanitation 11 4.14 Cleaning and Maintenance 11 03/2003 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.15 Performance of Work 11 4.16 Right of Owner to Modify Methods and Equipment 12 4.17 Layout of Work 12 4.18 Shop Drawings 12 4.19 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 13 4.20 Observation and Testing 13 4.21 Defects and Their Remedies 14 4.22 Liability for Proper Performance 14 4.23 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 15 4.24 Protection of Adjoimng Property 15 4.25 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen and Furnishers of Machinery and Supplies 15 4.26 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 16 4.27 Indemnification 16 4.28 Losses From Natural Causes 17 4.29 Guarantee 17 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 18 5.02 Extension of Time 18 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 18 5.04 Liquidated Damages for Delay 19 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 19 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 19 03/2003 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities 20 6.04 Price of Work 20 6.05 Payments 20 6.06 Partial Payments 20 6.07 Use of Completed Portions 21 6.08 Final Completion and Acceptance 22 6.09 Final Payment 22 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 22 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 23 6.12 Payments Withheld 23 6.13 Delayed Payments 23 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 24 7.01 Change Orders 24 7.02 Minor Changes 24 7.03 Extra Work 24 7.04 Time of Filmg Claims 26 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 26 8.01 Abandonment by Contractor 26 8.02 Abandonment by Owner 28 9.0 ARBITRATION 28 9.01 Arbitration 28 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 - WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2 - AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 03/2003 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such m the Agreement The term ENGINEER means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide engmeenng services required in connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall consist of all of the documents contained, assembled and bound with these General Conditions of Agreement, including, whether or not labeled as such, Notice to Bidders (Advertisement) General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Addenda, signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (if required), Special Bonds (when required), General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Insurance Certificate, Technical Specifications, Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the Agreement, and any other document, whether or not labeled, which shall become a part of the set of documents bound together with the General Conditions of Agreement. The contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Any conflicts between any of the contract documents shall be resolved first by reference to these General Conditions of Agreement; and m the event the General Conditions of Agreement do not address such conflict, then the designated ENGINEER shall resolve any conflict by a written interpretation, copies of which shall be forwarded to all parties to the Contract, and the onginal shall be attached to and shall become a part of these General Conditions of Agreement and thus a part of the contract documents. 1.03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor employed by CONTRACTOR for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE Wntten Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, firm or corporation. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever 03/2003 00700-1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work descnbed in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in stnct conformity with the contract documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans or reasonably implied by the specifications, and which shall, prior to the commencement of such work, be authonzed in wntmg by the ENGINEER. 1.07 WORKING DAY. A "working day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7.00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED. The term "substantially completed' , as used in this Contract, means that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but shall require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted , 'designated' , 'required", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words 'approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for performance of project requirements. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this Agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other quahties of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly descnbed and specified, but are necessarily descnbed in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defmmg the character of the work. 03/2003 00700-2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 SPECIAL CONDITIONS. In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this Contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER believes it has employed competent engineers and/or designers. It is, therefore, agreed that the OWNER shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the contract documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided that the CONTRACTOR has comphed with the requirements of the said contract documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the contract documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be constructed or mstalled, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no cause to complain if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, construction or mstallation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furmshed by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed contract documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the OWNER may see fit, in the line, grade form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction without affecting the validity of this Contract and the accompanying Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with If the 03/2003 00700-3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS amount of work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, except as hereinafter provided for unit price items under Article 6 of this Contract; otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged m the course of the completion of the work by the act, negligence, omission mistake or default of the OWNER, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER agrees that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such loss. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative dunng construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER s representative during construction are set forth in the contract documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authonty to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. The ENGINEER shall advise the OWNER as to the progress of the work, and any instructions by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay m the execution of the work; therefore, wntten decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall review all work included herein and shall have the authonty to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of this Contract. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of good material, and for performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Plans and Specifications, 03/2003 00700-4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such defective work or material provided, however, that the ENGINEER shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the ENGINEER, such acceptance shall be binding on the OWNER, unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requestmg pnor inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed work and to determine if such work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional and/or engineering requirements of the contract documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the contract documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the contract documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies m the work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other contract document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor s agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the work or the interpretation of the contract documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the contract documents, or any 03/2003 00700-5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS other dispute, claim or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a wntten interpretation of the contract documents or a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions arising relative to the execution of the work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract, and the original thereof shall become a part of the contract documents and shall be binding and final as to all parties to the Contract. 3.06 OBJECTIONS. In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which, in the opinion of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this Contract, either party may, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such decision, file its written objection to the decision with the ENGINEER; and the ENGINEER shall upon receipt of such written objection and within twenty (20) days thereafter, review the same and render a written affirmation or modification of the original interpretation, which shall become a part of the contract documents. Either party who shall remain aggrieved after the ENGINEER has rendered his affirmation or modification of his previous decision, shall have the right, within a period not to exceed sixty (60) days after the ENGINEER has filed his affirmation or modification of the decision with the District Secretary, to file suit in the District Court, seeking a declaratory judgment or other relief to determine the intent of the contract documents. If any aggrieved party shall fail to file such a petition with the District Court within the time specified, the decision of the ENGINEER shall become final and binding and non -appealable. 3.07 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's apphcation for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an apphcation for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed to be a representation by the ENGINEER that any examination has been made to determine how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the monies paid on account of the contract pnce. As a condition of final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall execute an Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, in a form as included herein and made a part of these contract documents being its agreement to accept the amount recommended by the ENGINEER as full payment for the work that has been completed as set out in the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting data. 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the nght to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested m the 03/2003 00700-6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and dunng the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning and intent of all of the contract documents and understands the meanings of all parts of such documents or other factors affecting the work, which were not previously understood. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of' the OWNER or the ENGINEER either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his employees. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at vanance with federal or state laws or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract without the wntten consent of the ENGINEER and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the nght to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 03/2003 00700-7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. In the event the contract price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract pnce, which shall be increased at any time to cover any change orders additives or add-ons, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the contract puce does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required All required bonds shall be submitted on forms approved by the OWNER for this purpose, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work and fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be m effect until such Performance and Payment Bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER. Each such bond shall be executed by a corporate surety or corporate sureties duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. The cost of the premium for the Performance and Payment Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Proposal 4.06 INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the life of this Contract, and for one additional year, insurance as hereinafter specified. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covenng the operation of each subcontractor. No policy shall be wntten on a "claims made" form. The OWNER, the ENGINEER, their agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on CONTRACTOR'S Commercial General Liability Automobile Liability and excess or Umbrella Liability policies. OWNER may waive the additional insured requirement under the Commercial General Liability pohcy if an owner's and contractor's Protective Liability policy with general aggregate hmrts of $2,000,000.00, with $1,000,000.00 per occurrence limit, is provided. The contractual habihty coverage m the Commercial General Liability pohcy shall not be excluded. The following insurance coverages will be carried and certified. (1) Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance. Attachment No. 1 to these General Conditions contains statutory requirements for Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Employer's Liability Insurance shall have limits as follows: Bodily injury by accident: $500,000 each accident Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 policy limit Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 each employee (2) 03/2003 00700-8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (3) Commercial General Liabihty Insurance: Including Contractor's Protective Liability, Broad Form Property Damage, Contractual Liability, Bodily Injury, Personal Injury, and Products and Completed Operations (for a period of one year following completion of the Work under this Agreement) Combined single limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence, Subject to general aggregate $2,000,000; Products and Completed Operations, $1,000,000 aggregate (4) Automobile Liability Insurance: Bodily injury per person: $250,000 Bodily injury per accident: $500,000 Property damage $250,000 Or a policy providing combined single limits of $750,000. (5) OWNER, at its own discretion, may require an umbrella or excess limits hability policy. (6) All coverages shall be endorsed to waive the carrier's right of subrogation against the Owner. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail to provide insurance as herein required, or be subject to claim, demand or litigation growing out of or arising from a claim not contemplated herein such failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR shall not serve to release or in any way discharge or shift the liability of the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER or OWNER BUT THE CONTRACTOR DOES HEREIN AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF ANY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES HEREIN ENUMERATED, OR ANY OTHER CLAIMS OR DEMANDS MADE BY ANY PERSON, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4.07 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Within ten (10) days after notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor shall submit to the OWNER for approval, certificates of insurance covering each msurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company, setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured; (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies; 03/2003 00700-9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of habihty thereunder on the date borne by such certificates (5) A statement that the insurance of the type afforded by the policy applies to all of the operations of whatever character, which are undertaken by the insured dunng the performance of this Contract, provided such operations are required in the performance of the Contract; (6) A provision that the policy may be canceled or materially changed only by mailing wntten notice to the named insured at the address shown in the policy, statmg when, not less than thirty (30) days thereafter, cancellation or change of such policy shall be effective, with a copy of such letter of intent to the OWNER. 4.08 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and which are legally required at the time bids are received. 4.09 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the matenals to be incorporated into the work without paying tax at the time of purchase. 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the employee or agent of the CONTRACTOR and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the work, and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 03/2003 00700-10 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.11 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the ENGINEER s written consent. 4.12 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities all means of construction and any and all parts of the work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought agamst either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 SANITATION. Necessary samtary convemences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of' the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to mdemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought agamst either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.14 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work, he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave the work broom -clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 03/2003 00700-11 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.15 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed. 4.16 RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR are found to be inadequate to secure rate of progress required under this Contract, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to improve their efficiency, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order. If at any time the working force of the CONTRACTOR is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the CONTRACTOR shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an• extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 4.17 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. 4.18 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furmsh such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has m wntmg, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged such deviations in venting, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort m shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and within the contract time. 03/2003 00700-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability, as set out in the contract documents. 4.19 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefor. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying Plans and Specifications, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within six (6) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.20 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescnbed by the American Society for Testing and Matenals or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. 03/2003 00700-13 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS If any work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval and any work, which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 4.21 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any matenal brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract. It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR' s expense 4.22 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the work to be performed passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowmg the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications contained as a part of the contract documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machmery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as measured against the drawings and specifications which are part of the Contract, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications so that 03/2003 00700-14 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS the completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his work on the project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomphshmg such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S hability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.23 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Worker's Compensation Insurance with an insurance company hcensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Worker's Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all apphcable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction' of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks and other safety devices. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported to the ENGINEER immediately. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibihty of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.24 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT. 03/2003 00700-15 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 25 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE LAWFUL DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature heremabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR s unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, m accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in wntmg. 4.26 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT THAT THE OWNER SHALL DEFEND ALL SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SUCH LOSS WHEN A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS IS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. In addition, if the material or process specified or required by the OWNER is an infringement, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly advises the OWNER of such infringement. 4.27 INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all other persons, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, 03/2003 00700-16 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES DEMANDS SUITS, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE* (1) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND (2) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART BY A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall not extend to the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, reports, surveys, designs or specifications, or the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the prunary cause of the injury or damage. 4.28 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR ansing out of the nature of the work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which maybe encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 4.29 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR shall furmsh the OWNER with a written guarantee on all workmanship and materials provided by hm for the project. The wntten guarantee shall be made out to the OWNER and in a form satisfactory to the OWNER'S legal counsel, guaranteeing all the work under the Contract to be free from faulty material m every particular and free from improper 03/2003 00700-17 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agreeing to replace or to re - execute without cost to the OWNER such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall be made to cover a period of one year from the date of acceptance of work under the Contract, as evidenced by the OWNER'S Certificate of Accceptance, of the work. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for neglect or faulty material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee The one year period of any guarantee clauses will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law to have defects remedied when discovered after one year. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract, the Plans and Specifications, and within the time of completion designated m the Proposal; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the work with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when completion of the work has been delayed by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by changes ordered m the work, by strikes, lockouts, fires and unusual delays by common carriers, by unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR'S control or by any cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice in writing, of the cause of such delay; and within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an extension of time shall from the CONTRACTOR, supported by all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request together with his wntten recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration, and the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay. 03/2003 00700-18 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract Agreement, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages resulting from hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this Contract, except where the work is stopped by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative for the OWNER's convenience, in which event such expense as in the judgement of the ENGINEER is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. 5.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY. It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence said work on the date specified and will complete said work within the time specified in the Proposal It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the Contract or as extended by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as minimum liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Proposal. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the mimmum amount of damages which the OWNER will sustam in any event by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the specified time. Should the OWNER suffer damage over and above the minimum amount specified, by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to begin the work when ordered, carry rt forward uninterruptedly after beginning or complete it within the specified time in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the OWNER may recover such additional amount. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the mimmum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work described in the Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other contract documents, is to be done for the pnces quoted by the CONTRACTOR and that such pnce shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted 03/2003 00700-19 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS by the ENGINEER. If the CONTRACTOR finds any discrepancies or omissions in these Plans, Specifications or contract documents, he should notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER pnor to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his Proposal to complete the work in accordance with these Plans and Specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES This Agreement, including the Specifications, Plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and matenal to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the vanous classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ somewhat from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for compensation, unless the work shall have actually been authorized, and performed and material supphed. Where payment is based on the unit pnce method, the CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise, on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of work actually done and the matenal actually furnished under this Contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the Proposal. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all work and the delivery of all matenals embraced m this Contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the pnces set forth in the Proposal attached hereto, which is made a part of this Contract, for the material actually used and services actually performed; however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or matenal not actually authonzed and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such pnces as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the attached Plans and Specifications and contract documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either m whole or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with a verifying certificate showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstandmg indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final 03/2003 00700-20 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against OWNER's premises by reason of any work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of claims against OWNER which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or modification an application for partial payment being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the total value of the work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound matenals to be fabricated into the work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendation at the Contractor's fully secured and insured designated area. No payment will be made for materials stored until Owner has accepted the Contractor's designated area and proof of insurance for materials stored has been provided. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement and application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the CONTRACTOR and, if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment and shall deliver his certifications for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall then, prior to payment by the OWNER, certify and attest to the certification that he is in accord with the certification and agrees to accept the amounts set out therein and the total set out therein for the work and for the pnces contained in the certification If the CONTRACTOR does not agree or desires to protest the ENGINEER's certification, the same shall not be certified by the ENGINEER to the OWNER for payment until such dispute has been resolved, and the CONTRACTOR agrees that any claim by the CONTRACTOR for additional compensation, of any nature whatsoever, not contained in the ENGINEER's certification, shall be waived, and further contracts and agrees, upon acceptance of the CONTRACTOR s payment, that this shall constitute full and final payment for work performed by the CONTRACTOR contamed m the CONTRACTOR's statement which shall be attached to the ENGINEER's certification. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the ENGINEER's recommendation for payment, the total amount of the ENGINEER s Certificate of Partial Payment, less ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof, up to and including the first Four Hundred Thousand ($400,000 00) dollars and five percent (5%) on the amount thereafter. Such retamage shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however that in case the whole work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be reheved of the obligation to fully complete the work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract, subject only to the conditions set forth under "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with state law may reduce retainage to less than the above - stated percentages. 03/2003 00700-21 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the contract documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Contract is "substantially completed' . When so notifying the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in writing, a detailed hst of unfinished work. The ENGINEER will review the CONTRACTOR s hst of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the CONTRACTOR failed to include. The substantial completion of the structure or facility shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the contract documents. 6.08 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the ENGINEER and the OWNER shall inspect the work* and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed m accordance with the contract documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion. Thereupon, it shall be the duty of the OWNER, within ten (10) days, to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of the work to the CONTRACTOR or to advise the CONTRACTOR in wnting of the reason for non -acceptance. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Upon the issuance of the CERTIFICATE of Completion and OWNER's Certificate of Acceptance, the ENGINEER shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the Agreement and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for acceptance. The CONTRACTOR, if he finds such statement to be in order, including all work upon which a claim for payment may be made, shall note his acceptance thereon, and by accepting the same, the CONTRACTOR agrees to release any and all claims of' any nature whatsoever against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, growing out of or by reason of the performance of the Contract, the construction of the work, for Extra Work, or for any other reason whatsoever, either growing out of the Contract and the documents attached thereto or otherwise. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall execute a full and final release in a form provided by the OWNER, a copy of which, titled "Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions", is attached to these contract documents and made a part hereof, which shall be presented to the OWNER with the ENGINEER's final statement and any Change Orders or additions or deletions therefrom, duly attested by the CONTRACTOR, requestmg payment. The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or after the 30th day and before the 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the 03/2003 00700-22 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Agreement, provided the CONTRACTOR has duly executed and returned all documents requiring execution or approval as herein provided, or as may be provided by the OWNER, and that he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this Contract. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the contract documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER s premises all materials deemed unsuitable by the ENGINEER on account of failure to conform to the Contract whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, promptly replace such unsuitable materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restonng all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this Contract shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The OWNER or the ENGINEER shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate or withhold partial or full payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (1) Defective work not remedied; (2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (3) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (4) Damage to another contractor; (5) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount; (6) Reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time. 03/2003 00700-23 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (7) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise. (8) Liquidated damages due to late completion. When the above grounds are removed or the CONTRACTOR provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the OWNER, which will protect the OWNER in the amount withheld, payment may be made for the amounts withheld because of them. However, the OWNER shall have the discretion of withholding or making payment in the event any of items (1) through (8) shall be applicable to the work or progress thereof. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of the sum named in any partial or final statement, when payment is due, after the same has been recommended for payment by both the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR has met all other conditions stipulated herein or in the contract documents entitling the CONTRACTOR to payment, then the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from date due, as provided under "6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS" and "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT", until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay m payment, but the right is expressly reserved to the CONTRACTOR, in the event payments be not promptly made as provided under ' 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS", to at any time thereafter treat the Contract as abandoned by the OWNER and to recover compensation as provided under "8. ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT' , unless such payments are withheld in accordance with the provisions of "6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD". 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authonzed by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change m contract pace, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall refuse to approve a Change Order which has been prepared by the ENGINEER, the ENGINEER may instruct the CONTRACTOR, m writing, to proceed with the work as set forth in the Change Order, and the CONTRACTOR may make a claim against the OWNER for Extra Work involved therein. However, the CONTRACTOR shall only be entitled to payment upon the execution of the final certification and release in a form as provided for herem, and CONTRACTOR shall approve such certification before the OWNER shall be obligated to make payment. 03/2003 00700-24 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 7.02 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authonze minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the contract documents and not involving an increase in contract price. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes or alteration authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the contract pnce, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a wntten Field Order. In such case, the CONTRACTOR, by copy of his communication to the ENGINEER or otherwise in writing, shall advise the OWNER of his request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order and that the work involved may result in an increase in the contract pnce. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for a change m contract price shall be made prior to begmmng the work covered by the proposed change. 7.03 EXTRA WORK It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all Extra Work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a wntten work order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however to the nght of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Extra Work order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the CONTRACTOR for work either added or deleted by a Change Order or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) -- By agreed unit pnces; or Method (B) -- By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) -- If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the work, plus fifteen percent (15%). In the event said Extra Work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and matenals, supplies, trucks, rentals of machmery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary mcidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Worker's Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or directed by the OWNER, or by them agreed to. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "actual field cost' shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in wnt rig before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment 03/2003 00700-25 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable, and the terms and pnces for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written Extra Work Order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the "actual field cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "actual field cost' as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in wnting by the ENGINEER. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or wntten, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment m the construction time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for wntten order authorizing such Extra Work. Should a difference of opinion anse as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment therefore, and the ENGINEER insists upon its performance, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work after making wntten request for written order and shall keep an accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). The CONTRACTOR shall then have the nght to submit his claim directly to the OWNER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the OWNER. If the OWNER shall fail to pay or guarantee to pay said amount claimed within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, the CONTRACTOR shall have the right to file suit in the applicable District Court, for declaratory judgment or other relief, to determine his rights to such claim, and if he shall fail to file suit within sixty (60) days after the date of presentment to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed forfeited and forever barred if the CONTRACTOR shall accept final payment without having first filed suit in the District Court. 7.04 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the CONTRACTOR shall be in wnting and filed with the ENGINEER within thirty (30) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the CONTRACTOR and render his final decision m wnting. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meetmg to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER's final decision If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meetmg with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER's final decision, to appeal the same to the applicable District Court, by filing suit for declaratory judgment or other appropriate relief. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to file suit, and shall accept final payment for all work completed, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the action by the CONTRACTOR m acceptmg final payment shall constitute a final bar and satisfaction of all claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. 03/2003 00700-26 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 8.01 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the contract documents, then and m that case, where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified m wnting and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, or supphes then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit therefore, it being understood that the use of such equipment and matenals will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected m the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or m case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment tools materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, matenals and supphes to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such momes as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER, or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR and the surety shall be and remain bound therefor. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. 03/2003 00700-27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS When the work shall have been substantially completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as heremabove provided, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. The OWNER, prior to incumng an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR as accurate, and upon payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, matenals or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual wntten notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the nsk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools matenals or supplies, and apply the net sum denved from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at either public or pnvate sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery equipment, tools, matenals or supplies, which remain on the work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herem shall be open to the CONTRACTOR and his surety. 8.02 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this Contract (a disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute "abandonment') and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after wntten notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been wrought into the work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached Proposal where unit pnces are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by 03/2003 00700-28 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for the CONTRACTOR's approval; and upon the CONTRACTOR s approving the same as being true, correct and accurate, and upon payment of said sum, the CONTRACTOR shall release the OWNER of any and all liability growing out of or by reason of said Contract, and then the same shall be presented to the OWNER, who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after the date of notification by the CONTRACTOR of the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Agreement. 9.0 ARBITRATION 9.01 Any party to this Contract, upon the wntten agreement and acquiescence of all other parties may submit any question or dispute under the terms and provisions of the contract documents, to arbitration under such procedure and agreements as the parties shall make in wasting prior to arbitration. The results of arbitration shall be bmdmg and shall constitute an amendment to the contract documents when accepted in wntmg by the parties to the Contract. 03/2003 00700-29 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE DEFINITIONS: • Certificate of coverage ("certificate' ) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on aproject for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person s work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 406.096) - includes persons or entities performing or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity, which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing hauling, or delivering equipment or matenals, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filmg of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall perform work pursuant to 28 TAC 110.110, (c). C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner pnor to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage penod shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 03/2003 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS E The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage penod shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in wntmg by certified mail or personal dehvery within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any changes that matenally affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may venfy coverage and report lack of coverage NOTICE REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or matenals, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identify of their employer or status as an employee." 'Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage.' 03/2003 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project, (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project: (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends dunng the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, pnor to the other person beginning work on the project; and (5) (b) a new certificate of coverage shown extension of coverage, pnor to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends dunng the duration of the project; retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that matenally affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. (7) 03/2003 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contractor void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. 03/2003 00700-A4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In order to insure that the rights, obligations and responsibilities of all parties to the original contract document are fully protected, which contract document was signed and executed on the day of 20 by , referred to therein as CONTRACTOR and hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR, and , hereinafter referred to as OWNER, on the _ day of , 20 and further in consideration for the final payment of all sums due and claimed by the CONTRACTOR against OWNER, the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, Jointly by all partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropnate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the power and authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: I. The Contractor has received (number) payments pursuant to (number) of Contractor Payment Estimates, copies of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", presented to OWNER and paid dunng the progress of the Job referred to in the Contract between the parties; and in this regard, the undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that it does not claim nor intend to claim at any future date, any additional sums of money of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the payment estimates previously submitted to the ENGINEER for approval, or any other sums of money 03/2003 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of any nature whatsoever for materials furnished and used in the job or for work done, and hereby releases and discharges OWNER from any liabilities of any nature whatsoever, for any claims of any nature made by the CONTRACTOR at some future date, or by its successors or assigns. II. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further represents to OWNER that the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, if any, submitted by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by deletions or other modifications by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "B", is true, correct and accurate; and it is further agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of final payment in the amount as set out on the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, release and forever discharge OWNER of and from all mariner of debts, demands, obligations, suits, habihties and causes of action of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the terms and provisions of the Contract hereinbefore referred to, and any change or modification thereof, or in any manner growing out of or ansing from or by virtue of the work, labor and services performed by the CONTRACTOR. III. CONTRACTOR, in addition to the provisions set out in the contract document, agrees to indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from any and all causes of action, claims, demands or suits made by any person or other entity against OWNER, by reason of the work performed by such CONTRACTOR, and agrees to defend or to cause the same to be defended at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense and obhgation, whenever such actions may be brought, and further to pay all costs incurred by 03/2003 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER in the defense thereof, including administrative costs and attorney's fees, and further to pay any judgments or settlements which may be entered into or agreed to against or for the benefit of OWNER. It is, however, specifically agreed that OWNER shall not enter into any settlement agreements without • the acquiescence and agreement of the CONTRACTOR. IV. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying matenals, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. V. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractors's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the onginal Contract of the parties heretofore previously referred to, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. VI. This Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall be considered to be continuing and binding upon the parties hereto and shall not terminate upon receipt and acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment, but shall be deemed continuing so long as any actions, claims or other demands contemplated herein against OWNER, may lawfully be brought under applicable statutes 03/2003 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of limitations, and shall in addition be deemed to be continuing for such additional period of time as shall be necessary to compensate and repay to OWNER, all costs or damages incurred by it by reason of such claims. SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 . CONTRACTOR Signature Print Name: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 , by a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) 03/2003 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint propnetorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscnbed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after bemg by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of , 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 03/2003 00700-B5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authonty to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us m the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of , 20 . Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 03/2003 00700-B6 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR AGREEMENT The following special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the Special Conditions shall remain in effect. Add the following paragraph to Article 1.01. The OWNER'S representative on the project site will be determined prior to the preconstruction meeting. Add the following to Article 1.09: All testing required for the acceptance of the work required by the Contract shall be completed and indicate satisfactory results prior to substantial completion being granted. Modify the second sentence of Article 3.02 to read as follows* "The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR three (3) copies of all plans and specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR." Add the following paragraph to Article 4.03: The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be Document 00811— Wage Scale for Engineenng Construction, as bound in the Project Manual. Add the following paragraph to Article 5.01: All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Saturday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours No work will be allowed on Sundays. This contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual ram days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep a record of rain/mud days at the site. Record of ram/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the Contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 40 rain/mud days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof. 03/2003 00800-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR AGREEMENT Add the following paragraph to Article 5.02: Contractor shall be allowed extension time for each day the Contractor is unable to perform principal units of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7000 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. due to rain or other weather related work stoppages in excess of the number of days identified in Article 5.01. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing wrthm ten (10) days of each such occurrence. Failure to make such written notification within such time shall constitute an irrevocable waiver of such extension by the Contractor. The Engineer shall determine whether an extension of time is justified, which determination shall be final. Add the following as Article 10.0 In preparation of the Drawings and Specifications ENGINEER has relied on: `Geotechmcal Report Proposed Shadow Creek Ranch Sanitary Sewer Trunk Lines Phase II Brazona County, Pearland, Texas". Report No. HE 01-004 by Terra -Mar, Mohammed E Hague, and Ahmad Sayah, P.E. Add the following as Article 11.0: This contract is contingent upon approval from the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) and upon the Contractor meeting certain requirements as set forth by the TWDB The requirements of the TWDB are included as attachment to these supplementary conditions. These attachments include instructions for the Contract to abide by and forms to be submitted by the Contractor. This section includes instructions for the Contractor to abide by and forms to be submitted by the Contractor. This section includes the following: Preamble to Rule 110.110 and Rule 110.110 TWDB Contract Conditions, ED-4 Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED-103 Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution, ED-104 Certification regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters, EPA 5700-49 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRP-373 MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 03/2003 00800-2 WAGE SCALE FOR CITY OF PEARLAND ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on.Public Works (Title 10, Government Code, Chapter 2258, State Purchasing and General Services, Vernon s Texas Civil Statutes), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater the 5 feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. 03/2003 00811-1 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION LABOR CLASSIFICATIONS AND PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Classification Air Tool Man Asphalt Raker Asphalt Shoveler Batching Plant Scaleman Carpenter, Rough Carpenter Helper, Rough Concrete Finisher (Paving) Concrete. Finisher Helper (Paving) Concrete. Finisher (Strs.) Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs.) Concrete Rubber Electrician Electrician Helper, Senior Electrician Helper, Junior Form Builder (Strs.) Form Builder Helper (Strs.) Form Liner (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter Helper (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter (Strs.) Form Setter Helper (Strs.) Laborer, Common Laborer, Utility Man Manhole builder, Brick Mechanic Mechanic Helper Oiler Serviceman Piledriverman Pipe Layer Pipe Layer Helper POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS• Asphalt Distributor Asphalt Paving Machine Broom or Sweeper Operator Bulldozer, 150 HP & Less Bulldozer, Over 150 HP Concrete Paving Curing Machine Concrete Paving Finishing Machine Concrete Paving Form Grader Concrete Paving Grinder Concrete Paving Joint Machine Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Concrete Paving Saw Concrete Paving Spreader Prevailing Rate $ 6.70 7.05 6.20 7.75 9.25 7.00 7.80 5.95 7.95 6.45 7.00 13.95 9.90 7.85 8.00 5.95 8.05 7.20 5.75 7.35 6.25 5.30 6.25 6.85 9.85 7.50 7.00 7.60 8.45 6.75 5.75 7.75 8.45 6.25 7.40 8.55 7.45 8.35 7.50 7.35 7.30 7.85 7.50 7.55 Classification Prevailint Paving Sub Grader Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel (Less than 1-1/2 CY) Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2 CY & Over) Crusher or Screening Plant Operator Elevating Grader Foundation DnII Oper., Truck Mounted Front End Loader (2-1/2 CY & Less) Front End Loader (Over 2-1/2 CY) Mixer (Concrete Paving) Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade Motor Grader Operator Roller, Steel Wheel (Plant -Mix Pavement) Roller, Steel Wheel (Other Flat Wheel or Tamping) Roller, Pneumatic Self -Propelled Scrapers (17 CY & Less) Scrapers (Over 17 CY) Self -Propelled Hammer Operator Tractor (Crawler Type) 150 HP & Less Tractor (Crawler Type) Over 150 HP Tractor (Pneumatic) 80 HP & Less Tractor (Pneumatic) Over 80 HP Trenching Machine, Light Wagon -Drill, Boring Machine or Post Hole Driller Operator Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) Reinforcing Steel Setter (Strs.) Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper Steel Worker (Strs.) Steel Worker Helper (Strs.) Spreader Box Man TRUCK DRIVERS: Single Axle, Light Single Axle, Heavy Tandem Axle or Semi -Trailer Lowboy -Float Transit -Mix Winch Welder Welder Helper Rate 6.65 8.25 9.50 9.50 8.00 9.00 7.30 8.25 8.00 8.95 8.15 7.35 7.20 6.50 6.55 7.60 7.80 7.70 8.50 6.35 7.50 7.00 9.5C 6.8-' 8.2( 6.2! 7.9. 6.3( 7.5( 6.41 6.7. 7.1. 7.91 7.0+ 5.9 8.4 8.0 00811-2 • WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SUPPLEMENTAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND WAGE RATES Craft Water Well Driller Water Well Driller Water Pump Installer Water Pump Installer Elevated Tank Painter Elevated Tank Painter Ground Level Tank Painter Ground Level Tank Painter Level Journeyman Helper Journeyman Helper Journeyman Helper Journeyman Helper END OF DOCUMENT Prevailing Rate $ 9.83 7.83 9.67 7.33 13.19 8.26 12.94 5.17 ATTACHMENTS TO THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ED-4 (10/30/97) TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS 1 PRIVITY OF CONTRACT This contract is expected to be funded in part with funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. 2. DEFINITION The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof 3. PROGRESS AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE. (a) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor, and the tiO accumulated percent of progress each month. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN- The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown of his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102 This breakdown shall be submitted promptly after execution of the agreement and before any payment is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be used in estimating the amount of partial payments to be made to the Contractor 4 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR. (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare his requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review The amount of the payment due the. Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work 1110 completed to date, the value of matenals properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a retainage and (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work G-37 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 2 of 9 completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3 b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted by approved change orders. The value of matenals properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice pnces. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and matenals by the Owner Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5%) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the OWNER and the TWDB. (4) The following clause applies only to contracts where the total price at the time of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5% The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest-bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. G-38 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 3 of 9 (d) Final Payment. 1110 (1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sunk), as adjusted by approved change orders. The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the final estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied materials, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary in order to protect the Owner's interests. The Owner, however, may if it deems such action advisable IWO make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. (3) The retamage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor 5. REVIEW BY OWNER AND TWDB. (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, matenal invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. (b) Any such inspection.or review by the TWDB shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. G-39 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 4 of 9 FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE. This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood Insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency The Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed application must be provided to the owner before commencing construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRAINING. (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable items: (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. (c) Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install. test, and start-up the equipment. G-40 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 5 of 9 (d) The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual 1110 submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions If the Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items m excess of three (3) times Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract. (e) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required m placing same in .a operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. 8. AS-BUILT DIMENSION & DRAWINGS (a) Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as-built dimensions and locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the final drawings shall include the following: (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work. (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. (3) "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. (4) Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. (5). Any other changes made. 9. ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES No activity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropnate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations • are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission, (512-463- 6096) The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the G-41 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 6 of 9 discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropnate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner 10 ENDANGERED SPECIES No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U. S Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 11 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees. 12 EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR. This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is, or reasonably may be done as on-site work, shall employ in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located, except: (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 7 of 9 (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ 110 supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract. (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract. provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number, and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 13 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Materials utilized in the project shall be free of any hazardous materials, except as. may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encounters existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner The Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner 14. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. 1111) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows. G-43 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 8 of 9 (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race color religion, sex. age handicap, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race color religion sex age handicap, or national ongin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following- Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. (c) The Contractor will send to each labor umon or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U.S C.A. 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U S C.A. 701 et seq (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor (e) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or m part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law r.AA TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 9 of 9 (g) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1 and the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. PROVIDED, HOWEVER. That in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer 410 of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. NO G-45 ED-103 (2/22/93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Montgomery BEFORE ME, Terri L. Bock , a Notary Public duly commissioned and qualified in and for the County of Montgomery in the State of Texas came and appeared Reddico Const. Co., Inc. , as represented by Michael A. Gruy , the corporation's Executive Vice—President , who declares he/she is authorized to represent . Reddico Construction Co., Tnr. pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the 20th day of July , 19 92 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this - document) Michael A. Gruy , as the representative of Reddico Const. Co., Inc. , declares that Reddico Construction Co.. Inc. assures the Texas Water Development Shadow Creek Ranch Board that it will construct San. Sewer Truck m Lineproject at Pearland , Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this 10th day of June, 200,3 Terri L. Bock Printed Name 11r. TERRI L BOCK ot,ill1'ublic My Commission expires 8/19/06 7 smie of T„'Xms r '`rommis,sion Expires F-6 ED-104 (9/19/94) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION Ken, Walker Name I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a quorum of the directors of the Reddico Construction Company, Inc. name of corporation meeting on the day of July 20, `"i(i9 92, that Michael A._ Gruy be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of Reddico constrnrti on Company, Tnr_ , name of corporation as its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and, That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and, In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this 10th day of June. 2003 , 199(4)6144-°7'' Secretary (seal) F-7 j EPA CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS Name of Entity Reddico Construction Company, Inc. The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals (a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency- (b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction, violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1) (b) of this certification, and (d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award In addition, under 18 USC Section 1001, a false statement may result in a fine of up to $ 10,000 or imprisonment for up to five (5) years, or both. Michael A. Gruv. Executive Vice—President Name and Title of Authorized Representative (Typed) /d/l1• laZI June 10, 2003 Signature of Authorized Representative Date ❑ I am unable to certify to the above statements. My explanation is attached. EPA Form 5700-49 (11-88) F-17 SRF-373 (10/4/89) IMO MWBE CERTIFICATION AND PARTICIPATION SUMMARY Loan Applicant Project Number I certify that the Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Participating in this project are qualified in accordance with the TWDB SRF-52 MWBE Guidance and that all that all MWBE consultants, contractors and sub-contractors will comply with six affirmative steps outlined in the guidance. Attached are: Solicitation Documents El Contracts The attached documents outline the efforts taken in complying with the MWBE Guidance. Signature and Title of Authorized Representative of Applicant Total Loan Amount$ Total Contract Amount$ MWBE Firms Contract Amount MBE WBE % of Total Contract (Name and Address) Loan Attached 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Total MBE Participation Total WBE Participation II Note Any olinupy.:additions-...or dettii6ni1a.lhese-coritracts #fiet.lban-closinmustlbrsObtitttedi.:fiii0i..10-f F F-9 SRF-52 (10/01/93) MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GUIDANCE Texas Water Development Board State Revolving Fund A goal-oriented system has been established to promote minonty and women's business enterprises (MWBE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF)funded wastewater treatment projects. The MWBE fair share goal is eight percent (8%) of the total SRF funded project cost. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 7% Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) 1% It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that a "good faith effort" was made in offering fair opportunity for participation by MWBE firms (including engineers, contractors, legal and fiscal firms) in SRF funded projects. A. The Loan applicant must take, but is not limited to, the following affirmative steps: 1. including qualified minority and women's business on solicitation list; 2. assuring that minority and women's businesses on solicited whenever they are potential sources; 3. dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of minority and women's businesses; 4. establishing delivery schedules, when requirements of the work permits, which will encourage participation by minority and businesses; 5. using services and assistance of the Office of Minority Business Enterprise of the U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 6. if any consultant or contractor awards sub-agreements, requiring them to take the affirmative steps required in A., 1-5 B. The loan applicant must submit a completed SRF 10 MWBE Affirmative Action Plan as part of the application(prior to loan commitment). PRIOR to loan closing and prior to receiving authorization to award subsequent contracts, the applicant must submit a complete SRF 373 form identifying the MWBE firm to be used, certifying that the firms are fide minority or women's business enterprises, certifying that all consultants or contractors will comply G-38 MWBE Guidance SRF-52 Page 2 of 3 (10/01/93) with the six affirmative steps outlined in this guidance, and including supporting documents such as contracts, solicitation documents, letters of intent, etc C. If the loan applicant is unable to meet the 8% goal, it is their responsibility to demonstrate that a good faith effort has been made. This effort must include such documentation as certified letters to several bona fide MWBE firms, correspondence with MWBE associations, evidence that adequate MWBE solicitation was included in invitations for bids, etc. D. Failure to meet the (8%) goal or adequately document a good faith effort could result in loss of SRF eligibility. II. Definitions A. Fair Share Goal - The fair share goal has been determined to be 8% of the SRF funded wastewater treatment project cost. A fair share does not constitute an absolute quota but a stated intent on the part of the loan recipient to attempt to use minority and women's businesses by - carrying out the six affirmative steps outlined in I.A. of this guidance. The loan recipient must document the actions taken to comply with the affirmative steps. B. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)-A business which is: 1.) certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration, 2.) an independent business concern which is at least 51% owned and controlled by minority group member(s) a. A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and on of the following: 1.) Black American; 2.) Hispanic American 3.) Native American 4.) Asian - Pacific American; b. The minority owner's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. This would include such characteristics as risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with proportional ownership and receipt of the customary incidents of owership, such as salary decisions, policymaking, ect. G-39 MWBE Guidance SRF-52 Page 3 of 3 (10/01/93) c. A minority owner have control of business decisions such as authority to sign bids and contracts, decisions in price negotiations, incurring liabilities for the firm, making staffing decisions, policymaking, ect. d. A qualified MBE firm must perform a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm such action is unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a useful business function to practice in the industry. C. Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) - A women's business is an independent business concern which is at lest 51% owned by a woman or women having the same interests and controls identified in Section I B of this guidance. (MBE) Only United States citizen will be deemed eligible to be WBE's III. Attachments: SRF - 10 Affirmative Action Plan for meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal SRF - 373 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary IV. Information Direct Inquiries to Bruce Hobbs, MWBE Coordinator (512) 463-8505 Notes: G-40 ED-101 (5/26/98) SITE CERTIFICATE This is to certify that the � ` ® ?e )(AA (Legal Name of Applicant,i.e.,City,District,etc.) has now acquired, taken bona fide options on, or initiated formal condemnation proceedings against all property (sites, easements, rights-of-way, or specific use permits) necessary for construction, operation and mainte, ance of wastewater facilities described as A )J 0 . 9 ' 0 "0'21. G646N '2w°l Tarrptthremoo-5 -- ?h6o e1 (Proposed Contract No and Description) in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Texas Water Development Board. Any deeds or documents requ ed to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by V20J 1(tx\2 (Legal Name of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for record wherever necessary. In the event of conflicts with exiAng under ound utilities or to preserve unknown cultural or historic resources, the 0P.ta (Nahte of Applicant) has the right of eminent domain and will take condemnation action, if necessary, to acquire any sites, easements or rights-of-way which may be required to change the location of any of the facilities described above; and upon acquisition of the rights-of-way and recording of documents, will submit another site certificate to that effect. 1 �S EXECUTED this tl..1 day of f:tho&v1/41 , (Signature) (Title) NOTE: This certificate MUST BE EXECUTED BY AN ATTORNEY OR AN ABSTRACTOR qualified to evaluate the Applicant's interest in the site and make such a determination. F-14 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of the Work including work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. This project is the construction of approximately 1,000 feet of 42' , 3200 feet of 36", 800 feet of 30", 2200 feet of 18", 820 feet of 15", 5200 feet of 12" and 300 feet of 8" gravity sanitary sewer hnes. The project is located in the Shadow Creek Ranch area of the City of Pearland. Construction will occur in existing water and sewer easements adjacent to existing and future streets. Construction will consist primarily of open methods along with approximately 440 feet of trenchless construction. Restoration will consist of hydromulch seeding of all disturbed areas. 1.03 ALTERNATES - Not Used 1.04 WORK BY OWNER - Not Used 1.05 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS - Not Used 1.06 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit preconstruction (and post construction) photographs in accordance with Section 01380. 1.07 WORK SEQUENCE - Not Used 1.08 FUTURE WORK — Not Used 1.09 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B. Utility Outages and Shutdown: Contractor shall notify the City of Pearland Department of Public Works at least 48 hours prior to any shutdowns of the water and/or sewer system Length of time for shut downs may be hmited and the Contractor shall be required to provide temporary service when directed by the Engineer. 03/2003 01100-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 1.10 OWNER OCCUPANCY — Not Used 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01100-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights - of -way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. 1.02 RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Confine access and operations and storage areas to rights -of -way provided by Owner as stipulated in Document 00700 - General Conditions; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 1.03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights -of -way will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights -of -way will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of rights -of -ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. 1.04 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities pnor to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close more than one consecutive intersections at one time. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. 03/2003 01140-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems, which may exist on rights -of -ways within the site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of Work, at no additional costs to the Owner. F Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, and debris, scrap materials, and other disposable items. Keep streets, driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap materials. Do not leave buildings, roads, streets or other construction areas unclean overnight. 1.05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two company representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existmg roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment. C Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor s responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. 03/2003 01140-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for pubhc use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL A Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. 1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION A Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer, unless specifically indicated otherwise. B Repair paved area per the requirements of Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. C Repair turf areas which become damaged, level with bank run sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or topsoil conforming to Section 02910 - Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer and resod in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. Do not use spot sodding or sprigging. D All areas disturbed within Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) right-of-way that have a 3:1 slope or steeper shall be sodded in accordance with this contract and TxDOT requirements. E All disturbed, non -paved areas that do not require sodding shall be hydromulched in accordance with Section 02921— Hydromulch Seeding. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01140-3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be venfied by the Engineer. C Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in the General Conditions. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the umt paces contracted, except as otherwise stated m the General Conditions or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. 03/2003 01200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. B Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Bid schedule. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered m the list of unit prices contained in Bid Schedule, will not be accepted. C Progress payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. D Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit pnce will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authonzed by the Engineer, and the unit pnce will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than onginally specified. C Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage pnce reduction. D The authority of Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 03/2003 01200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, work change directive, stipulated price change order, unit pnce change order, time and materials change order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES A Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authonzed to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Contractor shall maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes m the Work. B Contractor shall document each proposal for a change m cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. C Proposals shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Quantities of items in the original Bid Schedule with additions reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in the Bid Schedule, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. 03/2003 01290-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions. 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-matenals basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or wntten acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All changes will be in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. B The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions by issuing supplemental mstructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described m this section. 03/2003 01290-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS A The Engineer may issue a - Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal to the Engineer descnbing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes m the Work m accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A stipulated price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Umt Prices for the affected items of Work are included in the Bid Schedule, the umt pnce Change Order will be based on umt prices as ongmally bid, subject to provisions of the General Conditions. B Where umt pnces of Work are not pre -determined in the Bid Schedule, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal will specify the umt pnces to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in the General Conditions. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in the General Conditions. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-matenal basis as specified in paragraph 1.04, Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time. 03/2003 01290-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for signatures of parties as described in the General Conditions. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Apphcation for Payment forms to record each authonzed Change Order as a separate lme item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Umt Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropnate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01720 - Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 03/2003 01290-4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including preconstruction conference, site mobilization conference, and progress meetings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in the General Conditions and as identified by name at the preconstruction conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Specifications sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to site for correction of nonconforming Work to mimmize disruption of Owner s activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a preconstruction conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distnbution of Contract Documents 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for schedule of values, and construction schedule 03/2003 01310-1 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 5. Procedures and processing of shop drawings and other submittals, substitutions, pay estimates or applications for payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract closeout 6. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors 7. Review of Subcontractors 8. Appropnate agenda items hsted for Site Mobilization Conference, paragraph 1.06 C, when preconstruction conference and site mobilization conference are combined 9. Procedures for testing 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by the Contract Documents, Engineer will schedule a conference at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Supenntendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Project meetings shall be held at Project field office or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or his representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or his representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings 2. Review of Work progress schedule submittal, and pay estimates, payroll and compliance submittals 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions 03/2003 01310-2 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals 6. Review of Request for Information and Request for Proposal status 7. Change order status 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules 9 Maintenance of progress schedule 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules 11. Planned progress dunng succeeding work period 12. Coordination of projected progress 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards 14. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination 15. Other items relating to Work 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 03/2003 01310-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work under this section. Include payment in unit price bid for items to be submitted. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule submittals well m advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for mitial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions, which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications. 4. Submit a mimmum of 6 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specifications The Owner/Engmeer will retain a mimmum of 4 copies of all approved submittals. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 03/2003 01350-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment, which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B. Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e. 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see paragraph 1.10 Video. C. Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in the Bid Schedule for which the Contractor requests to receive progress payments. B. Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for fisting costs of Work by Section. C. Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total pnce for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable lump sum amount in the Bid Schedule. D. For Unit Pnce Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, mobilization, bonds, and insurance may be hsted as separate items in the Schedule of Values. E For lump sum equipment items where submittal of operations and maintenance data and testing are required, include a separate item for equipment operation and maintenance data submittal valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount and a separate item for testing and adjusting valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount. 03/2003 01350-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS F. Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by Contract Modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at minimum, a bar chart, either computer generated, or prepared manually, and a narrative report. B. During the Pre -construction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 M. Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the submittal will be provided within 7 days of the submittal of the sample. C. Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted if approved by the Engineer. 2. For projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the schedule. 4. For projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the schedule. 5. For projects with sigmficant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For projects where operating plants are involved, each penod of work which will require the shut down of' any process or operation shall be identified in the Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area 7 A tabulation of the estimated monthly billings for the work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first schedule submittal. This information is not required m the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require resubmittal of the schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Document 00700 - General Condition. 03/2003 01350-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS D. The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Schedule and billing estimate pnor to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the schedule shall be required before the monthly Apphcation for Payment will be processed for payment. G. The narrative Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Schedule, Activities Deleted from the Schedule' any other changes made to the Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each drawing. 3. The drawings shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such b. Arrangement and section views c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts d. Kinds of matenals and fimshes e. Parts list and descnptions f. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessones showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to drawing sheet and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 4. Drawmgs shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. B. Product Data 1. Submit product data for review as required in Specification sections. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each data item submitted. 03/2003 01350-4 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Specifications. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and applicable reference standard. 5. For products proposed as alternates to ' approved' products, as described in Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions provide all information required to demonstrate the proposed products meet the level of quality and performance criteria of the "approved product". C. Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Specifications. n each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in Specifications; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples, which may be used in the Work are identified in Specifications. 1.07 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' pnnted instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each document. C. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. • 1.08 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified m Specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of the certificate. C. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropnate. D. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.09 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Preconstruction Photos. 03/2003 01350-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760 - Project Record Documents 1.11 VIDEO A. Submit television video tapes as required in Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. B. Transmittal forms for video tapes shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 1.12 DESIGN MIXES A. When specified in Specifications, submit design mixes for review. B. Contractor's Certification as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C. Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D. Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01350-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Photographic requirements for construction photographs and submittals. 1.02 UNIT PRICE A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work under this section. Include in payment for section 01505 - Mobilization. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Prints: Submit two (2) pnnts of each view directly to the Engineer within seven (7) days of taking photographs One (1) additional print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project site and available at all times for reference. C. Extra Pants: When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit extra pnnts of photographs, with distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. D. Negatives: With each submittal, mclude photographic negatives, in protective envelopes, identified by Project name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, and quality. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take 35mm color photographs of the entire route of the project and present one set of pnnts to the Engineer for their use in contract administration and inspection. B. Photographs: Two pants; color, matte finish; 3 x 5 -inch size, mounted on 8-1/4 x 11- inch soft card stock or in plastic pockets (which do not allow the pictures to fall out), with left edge binding margin for three hole punch. 03/2003 01380- 1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 03/2003 01380 - 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS C. The following information should be shown with each photograph: 1. Owner's Job number 2. Date and time photographs were taken 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number D. Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveways 4. Curb 5. Area between walk and curb 6. Particular features (yard light, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 7. Date shall be on negative 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot, on a key plan of the site, submit with photographs. E Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs, and grass. F. Photographs to be 3 x 5 inch size with matte finish, in plastic pockets, and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. G. Photographs should not be spaced more than 150 feet apart in residential areas and no more than 500 feet m open areas. Pictures should show the line route in both directions. Photographs should also show details of the adjacent properties. At a minimum four pictures should be taken at each location. Engineer may request additional photographs, at no additional cost, if he feels that enough detail is not provided in the submitted photographs. 2.02 POST PHOTOGRAPHS A. As each section of the project has been restored submit post construction photographs to the owner taken from the same vantage point as the ongmals showmg that all items have been restored to preconstruction conditions or better PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 03/2003 01380 - 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in the General Conditions. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI AITC American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957E Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 03/2003 01420-1 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA API American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 03/2003 01420-2 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS CLFMI CRD CRSI EJMA FS ICEA IEEE MIL NACE NEMA NFPA Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 U.S.A. Corps. Of Engineers Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Umt (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P .O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 P iscataway, NJ 0855-1331 Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Umt (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S W. Washington, DC 20406 National Association of Corrosion Engineers P . O Box 986 Katy , TX 77450 National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 03/2003 01420-3 CITY OF PEARLAND OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI SSPC TAC TNRCC TxDOT UL UNI-BELL Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 Texas Admimstrative Code REFERENCE STANDARDS Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 Texas Department of Transportation 1 lth and Brazos Austin, TX 78701 2483 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01420-4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over supphers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of' specified quality at no additional cost to the City. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from City Engineer before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. 1.03 REFERENCES A Obtain copies of standards and maintain at job site when required by individual Specification sections. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified m individual Specification sections, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' techmcal representative to observe site conditions, conditions of' surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator traimng test, adjust, and balance of equipment as apphcable, and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Specification sections. B At the City Engineer's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to City Engineer 15 days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of City Engineer. 03/2003 01430-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within 14 days of observation to City Engineer for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01430-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSPECTION SERVICES Section 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Inspection services and references 1.02 INSPECTION A City Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the City to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections B Alternately, City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated m Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Engineer, Architect/Engmeer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify City Engineer 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01440-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibihties related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testmg Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Matenals as Used m Construction. 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Specification sections. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, City Engineer will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site field office for duration of project. Test results, which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and City Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 03/2003 01450-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify City Engineer, and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect/Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Architect/Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory samphng and testing shall conform to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification sections. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01450-2 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated matenal, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work covered under this section. Include m payment for Section 01505 — Mobilization, or appropriate referenced section. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The facilities and controls specified m this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Obtammg Temporary Service: 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and mitial operation of the Work. 03/2003 01500-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Water: 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventor on fire hydrant supply. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C. Electricity and Lighting' 1. Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for hghting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. D. Temporary Heat and Ventilation: 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone: 1. Provide emergency telephone service at the Contractor's field office, or by mobile telephone, for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furmshing services at the site. F. Sanitary Facilities: 1. To provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the job site, comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.05 FIELD OFFICE A. Provision of a field office is not required unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. If the Contractor chooses to provide one, locate it in a place approved by the Engineer. 03/2003 01500-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. B. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground. C. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 1.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, Paragraph 10.1. Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. B. Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Project. C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art 5182a V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D. Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Job site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engmeer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediate take appropnate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F. Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on the Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. 03/2003 01500-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS G. Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.08 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.09 FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection Standards: 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those, which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all apphcable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures: 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warmng signs in areas, which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.10 SECURITY MEASURES A. Protect all Work materials equipment, and property from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary secunty fencing equal to existing. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Prevent damage to existing public utilities durmg construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 03/2003 01500-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.12 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A. Preventive Actions: 1. Take precautions, provide programs and take actions necessary to protect the Work and pubhc and private property from damage. 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and pnvate property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B. Barricades and Warning Signals. 1. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, nght-of-way, or public place, furmsh and erect bamcades, fences, hghts, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. C. Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. D. Protection of Existing Structures 1. Underground Structures: a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electncal and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. b. Known underground structures including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Drawings m accordance with the best 03/2003 01500-5 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making "Locate" calls. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. Surface Structures: a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open dramage, piping, poles wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures• a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the Owner of the structure b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaming their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicmrty of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operation reach and uncover the utility. 03/2003 01500-6 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E Protection of Installed Products: 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.13 ROADS AND PARKING A. Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. C. Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and dnveways. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily m existing parking areas. 1.14 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C. Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries estabhshed by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of 'on -site" streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. D. Burning of rubbish, debns or waste materials is not permitted. 1.15 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. 03/2003 01500-7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants: 1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. 2. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.16 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. B. Employ methods and use materials, which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.17 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and City Ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. 1.18 DUST CONTROL A. Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.19 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A. Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or adjoining properties. B. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. C. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. 03/2003 01500-8 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas and in conformance with environmental requirements. E. Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. F. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. G. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays, which will erode. H. Inspect earthwork penodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01500-9 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for mobilization is on a lump sum basis. B Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon wntten application by Contractor subject to the following provisions: 1. Authonzation for payment of 50 percent of the contract price for mobilization will be made upon receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: a Schedule of values, if required by Section 01100 b. Trench safety program c. Construction schedule d. Pre -construction Photographs, if required by Section 01100 2. Authonzation for payment of the remaimng 50 percent of the Contract Price for mobilization will be made upon completion of Work amounting to 5 percent of the Contract Pnce less the mobilization unit price. C Mobilization payments will be subject to retamage amounts stipulated in the General Conditions. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01505-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control for stabilized construction exits used during construction and until final development of the site. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work covered under this section. Include in payment for Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B. Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements of this Specification. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile fabnc made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabnc shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), and the equivalent openmg size between 50 and 140. C. Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a mimmum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. 03/2003 01550-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT B. Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 2 %2 ' 0 2" 0-20 1%2" 15-50 3/4" 60 — 80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction roads and exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed m accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the stabilized construction roads and exits until the project is accepted by the City. Remove stabilized construction roads and exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed matenals off site. E Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated nghts-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 03/2003 01550-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT G. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Specification 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Drawings. B. Provide stabihzed construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Drawings or as specified in this Section. C. Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas, which dram into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D. Details for stabilized construction exit are shown on the Drawings. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F. The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G. The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Drawmgs, but not less than 50 feet The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H. Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Drawings. I. Stabihzed area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. 03/2003 01550-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT J. Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Drawings, or when approved by the Engineer These methods include the following: 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil - Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01550-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirement for and qualifications of flaggers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A A traffic control plan responsive to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Drawings. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a traffic control plan in conformance with the TMUTCD for approval of the Engineer. B For both the traffic control plan and flaggers use, submit schedules of values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. Refer to Section 01350 - Submittals. C Make submittals in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a lump sum basis for traffic control and regulation, mcluding submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the plan shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the pubhc. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on an hourly basis for flaggers as required for the Project. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for flaggers. 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, umformed peace officers. 03/2003 01555-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convemence of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authonties when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtamed from govermng authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debns and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the traffic control plan. C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major artenals or as directed by the Engineer. 03/2003 01555-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights dunng hours of low visibihty to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Drawings for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bndge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existmg bus route; 2. When morean five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 03/2003 01555-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bndging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bndging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 REMOVAL A Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B Repair damage caused by installation. C Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01555-4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE • A. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabnc fences may be reinforced. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work covered under this section. Include in payment for Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for filter fabric fence under this section. Include payment, in unit price for NPDES Requirements, Section 01565. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any pnncipal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opemng size between 50 and 140. C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D. Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 03/2003 01560-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A. Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Regularly mspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. D. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplam. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices descnbed in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabnc fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabnc is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a shght angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. 03/2003 01560-2 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D. Filter fabnc fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F. Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. G. Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the site. Reinforced filter fabnc barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channehzed flow areas. H. Provide filter fabric barriers m accordance with the Drawing detail for Reinforced Filter Fabnc Barney. Filter fabnc barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. I. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabnc along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. J. Securely fasten the filter fabnc material to the woven wire with tie wires. K. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabnc together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. L. Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each ramfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the baffler or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01560-3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste matenal and salvageable material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for waste material disposal under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. C Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with description of property, prior to disposal of excess matenal adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Drawings, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations shown on Drawings outside the limits of Project. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, bituminous or other base and surfacing matenal designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. 03/2003 01562-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debns, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other matenals not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of. B Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph 1.03 C above. C Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated matenals in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. D Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01562-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C. Disposing of removed water. 1.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for control of groundwater for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a LF basis in accordance with the bid form and shall not exceed the length of open - cut pipe installation in the area requiring groundwater control. No separate payment will be made for control of ground water for all other conditions and for the control of surface water. Include the cost to control ground water for non -pipe excavations and all surface water in price for work requiring such controls. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressunzation of water -bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes, prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill matenals and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometnc pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. C. Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. 03/2003 01564-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER D Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entenng the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. 03/2003 01564-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER I. Provide environmental monitonng wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit a plan to include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water beanng layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and momtonng wells, monitoring installation details and critena, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometnc control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C. Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. 03/2003 01564-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER D. Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometnc elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells. 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatenng system. C. Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 - NPDES Permit Requirements. D. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review of the Engineer through submittals required in Paragraph 1.06, Submittals. B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an expenenced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 03/2003 01564-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the waterbearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan (See Paragraph 1.5B.1). B Provide labor, matenal, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify Engineer in wntmg of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropnate backup if electncal power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to venfy that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate nsk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. G. Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe dram run constructed for dewatenng. Remove pipe dram when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service 03/2003 01564-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER J. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained pnor to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and momtonng wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D. Dewatenng may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger bonngs and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predramed by an existing system such that the critena of the ground water control plan are satisfied. E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F. Provide additional ground water control mstallations, or change the methods, m the event that the installations according to the ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results based on the performance cnteria defined by the plan and by the specification. Submit a revised plan according to Paragraph 1.5B. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 03/2003 01564-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells m excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout momtoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoimng properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into dramage channels or storm drams, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01564-7 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 NPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A This Section descnbes the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, as stated in the Federal Register Vol. 57 No. 175, issued by the Environmental Protection Agency on September 9, 1992. B The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation, maintenance and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in this or other Specifications. C Contractor shall review implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A NPDES requirements as implemented by the SWPPP will be measured on a lump sum basis. Payment will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to stabilized construction exits, source control for erosion and sedimentation, filter fabnc fence, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 03/2003 01565-1 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTICE OF INTENT A The Contractor shall fill out, sign, and date the Notice of Intent (NOI) attached as Figure 01565-1 at the end of this Section. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the Owner. The Owner will also complete the Notice of Intent attached at the end of this section and will submit both notices to the EPA Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached as Figure 01565-6, the Contractor shall fill out name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown as Figure 01565-7 and return a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Operator's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-8. D The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and mspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-9. E The Operator's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan at the construction site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date of project completion. B At project closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all NPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP. Storm water pollution prevention records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date of project completion. 03/2003 01565-2 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.04 REQUIRED NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date of final site stabilization: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a bnef project description, as given in Paragraph 1.1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the construction site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before dnvmg onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on site post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the construction site or at Contractor's office. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01565-3 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS THIS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 3510-6 (8-92) Form Approved. OMB No.2040-0086 See Reverse for Instructions Approval expires 6.31.98 NPDES FORM United States Environmental Protection Agency Washington, DC 20460 Notice of Intent (N01) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Industrial Activity Under a NPDES Permit 1 Submission of this Notice of Intent constitutes notice that the party identified in Section II of this form Intends to be authorized by a NPDES permit issued for storm water discharges associated with industrial activity in the State identified in Section III of this form. Becoming a permittee obligates such discharger to comply with the terms and conditions of the permit. ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM. I. Permit Selection: You must indicate the NPDES Storm Water general permit under which you are applying for coverage. Check one of these. Baseline Baseline Multi -Sector Industrial Construction (Group Permit) II Facility Operator Information Name' I 1 r 1 1 t 1 r 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r i i i i i i i 1 1 I Phone:I Status of Address: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Owner/Operator: City: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I t r i t 1 r t 1 1 1 1 I State: I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ZIP Code: 11 1 r 1 1-1 t 1 1 I III. Facility/Site Location Information Name 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 1 I Address: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 t I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Latitude: 1 1 1 r 1 r 1 Longitude:I I r I 1 1 1► 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Is the facility located on n Indian Lands? (Y or N) r 1 State: I r I ZIP Code:I t r 1 t r 1 'Quarter:1 r ISection:I i 1 Township:) t 1 1 I Range:I rill IV. Site Activity Information MS4 Operator Name: I t 1 i i 1 1 1 r milli! Receiving Water Body: I r r i i i i i i 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 if you are filing as a co-permittee, enter storm water general permit number: I limit I SIC or Designated Activity Code: Primary: 11 i 1 I 2nd:I t r r I Is the facility required to submit monitoring data? (1, 2, 3, or 4)1] If You Have Another Existing NPDES Permit, Enter Permit Number I V Additional Information Required for Construction Activities Only Project Start Date: Completion Date: I r 1 i 1 t 1 11 1 1 1 1 I Estimated Area to be Disturbed (in Acres) 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 L 1 1 t 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 Multi -Sector Permit Applicants Only; Based on the Instructions provided in Addendum H of the Multi -Sector permit, are species identified in Addendum H in proximity to the storm water discharges to be covered n under this permit or the areas of BMP construction to control those storm water discharges? (Y or N) Will construction (land disturbing activities) be conducted for storm water controls? (Y or N) LLJJ�r Is applicant subject to and in compliance with a written historic preservation agreement? (Y or N) Is the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Iin compliance with State and/or Local sediment and erosion plans? (Y or N) VI. Certification:: The certifica ion statement n Box 1 applies to ejj applicants. The certification statement n Box 2 applies olr to facilities applying for the Multi -Sector storm water general permit. BOX 1 ALL APPLICANTS I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified Personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my Inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is to the best of my knowledge and belief true accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, Including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. BOX 2 MULTI -SECTOR STORM WATER GENERAL PERMIT APPLICANTS ONLY: I certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand Part I B eligibility requirements for coverage under the Multi -Sector storm water general permit, including those requirements relating to the protection of species identified in Addendum H. To the best of my knowledge, the discharges covered under this permit, and construction of BMPs to control storm water run-off, are not likely to and will not likely adversely affect any species identified in Addendum H of the Multi -Sector storm water general permit or are otherwise eligible for coverage due to previous authorization under the Endangered Species Act. To the best of my knowledge I further certify that such discharges and construction of BMPs to control storm water run-off, do not have an effect on properties listed or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places under the National Historic Preservation Act, or are otherwise eligible for coverage due to a previous agreement under the National Historic Preservation Act I understand that continued coverage under the Multi -Sector general permit is contingent upon maintaining eligibility as provided for In Part I.B. Print Name: 1 i 1 r 1 1 1 r Signature•- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Date: 11 1 flit EPA Form 3510-6 (8-981 03/2003 01565-4 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS Instructions - EPA Form 3510-6 Notice Of Intent (NOI) For Storm Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Activity To Be Covered Under a NPDES General Permit Who Must FIN A Notice Of Intent (NO)) Form Fsdenl sw M 40 CFR Part 122 point some disdrsrgsa d Mar tester assodaled Mt, industrial aunty We we* Tito:Ow U.B. without a Nadia* that 1 Mare Etenitatla+System (WOES)Tee_ _ cpMabrd en Ind strie! lthDESher such a Mm+ owater dye we) olt • to obtain comae, under a Storm Wafer General Pam*. if you have 4ussdons abort whether you n�� under the vNrPDDrESmStorm Water program, or M you need information as to s pedlauir is administered shear Procwi Center ait(301) �11445. %my, telephone a wiM• b the Naha at Where To FIN NOI Form Nds must be sat to Mee following address: storm Water Notice of Intent (4203M) 1201 Constitution Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20460 Completing The Form You must type or print, using uppercuts Men, in the ppprop$Ms as oar. Plate pica pots character between the marks. Abbreviate If nSaasWy 10 May within the writs de s1°ads specs wbmk`� **Of* notfor p�marks isust a needed Wdyif you 4 have qu.stae on we far. afi to Hoke of Intent Promos; Crest et (301) 4Y6 Section 1 Permit Selection Your) Indicate the NPOES storm NOW ge eni pemtit under which an applying for coverage. Check one box only. The Bessie Industrial and eassli+s CorwUuafon i�srmn*its were issued in September 1002. The MukESec$« Permit Ma mte eeedke Cctolter 1, 1005. Section II Facility Operator Information Provide ere legal nsms of the minion din puttee argentMic a «any otter inlay that opinta the facility or sae Seated h this applostion. The tens of the operator may or nwy not be the vines the mite of the dal My. The reep«tslbie party is the legal plot or alle mareger. Do not uua coloqui rime. Enter thad dress eMat controb Me feciables operation, rathermend t alp a number of the operator, Enter the appropdele Maier to indict* the legal status of the opera** of the fealty: F • Federal; S • Stets; M • Public (other then federal or Mats); P • Private Section IIi Facility/Site Location Information Enter the facility's or sae( ends or legal nine and compile street address, etdaWw city. state, and ZIP code. Do not Provide • P.O. Box number a the strest.ddrsss. B applying for Baseline Perm* and the futility or site leeks a street address, Indicate the state and either the latitude and longitude of the tacky to the nearest 15 seconds g the qusrtsr, action, township, and range (to the nearest quarter section) ofthe approximate center of the eke, I SPpytnp for the Multlac$or Perna Indicate the complete street address and either the bthbade and longlW4e of the fealty to the qnewest uarter ti jctseconds ion Ow feppronknste center of d uarter, section, township, and range (a the rescreen Al spplkani* must indicate whether the faahty is located on Indian lands. Section N Site Activity Information If the storm water dUdwgss to a mun�idpsl separate stoma sewer system (MS4), enter the nave d the operator of the MS4 (e.g. UUelpItly name, county isns)1gi1 the rsalvtng mew d the dnsrpa�corn Oa (A MS4 b defined a s convs)tsr*s or mar of toads with hdrair dramas system. municipal mists, catch fi tnsr-made tea. or storm **oft* S owned or oases. d byys�Sty town, borough, county, deltic, assodatloC, of other operated blcbbody which ie disign.d « used for collecting or conveying storm water.) M Me Way discherges•tome w•ferdisWy* rsosk+hp wsiw(s), Mew Me mare Gillis receiving waters). If you tint lam as a coppsrmittes and a storm water general Wnnll number has been issued, enter the number In the plea provided, Mace* the moraorng saw the *Mit Rater to ths permitfor on raonitoring requirements. indicate t edmonlaky Mahn by o dering�one rnelo(the following: 1 • Not subject to mowtdng requirements under the conditions d the writ. 2 s to mortising rMwieme to submit s as requitale required Me. 4 ■ g lt w rsq.*um is bmonitoring requiems*,hut w onilling cerMficM*n for month** la ;limeades a n* ceder of aiq Ikons, uptown 4dglt sW+dard eternal* dsssMcadon Wso Msd Indescribe i W► 11 or seryyou weices provfor ided Abate cambiapewit,tlon general perMMst (Mich wrest codes 1ie0). Fa hdusidi tidbit's defined In 40 CFR 122.25(0(14)0NA that do not have SIC cotes n 1*.ccodes. principal products produced or services P um the Sowing HZ■ LE• SE■ TW• co• Hazardous waste treatment, storage, per dkposM fudlitlee, including Hose that a n x u )rider Warm status ors ertrnfi tender subtitle .FC tR C of A (40 CFR 122 end applical4on sees, and open dumps the realm or hove paired any lndustria wastes. including those that are subject to reputation uncle subtitle D of RCRA (40 CFR 122.26(b)(14)(v)) Steam electric power generating fatalities. erokiXq ate handing Mee (40 CFR 122,26(b)(14 (vii)), Treatment works treating domestic sewage or any other sewage sludge or wastewater treatment device or system, used in the. storage, treatment; recycling. and reclamation of municipal or domestic sewage 140 CFR 122.26(b)(ix)): or Construaion adhruiea j40 CFR 122.28(b)(14)(x)1. M there is snobs NPDES permit hued for to Meaty «ate fisted h Section penile umber her the omes been alignednumber, If sin+�app (ion orbtor the facility it Fats erlas been wetabldplbcibut no answer F * W* Om for species age under Barr loon Retector fer efer to II of the ifkifii Saelor woad pen for a Ilst of 1eM Ihrimeened A1rsemeans Mast Mngum«s Practiet we She cer dtMl ere mador Med e) control storm water I ndicst. whether any consbuclon vsill be conducted b install or develop storm weer runoff coraroe. Section V Additional Information Required for Construction Activities Only to Sections 'through N. Only eonsbuction EMS' need to complete Section V, East the protect start Ma end the estimated completion date for the entire development Pit peese)the dt ire iloWnumber d saes as sonMichmewbsdiWtabed (round Wane whether the approved stale and/o local mdkn t erosionnplans, petn&sk« storm whiter menagenient Mow Section VI Certification Federal statutes hfor severe repmobm application form. Fediral regulations require this submitting to be signedfoows Fora corporation: by a responsrbte corporate officer. which means; f) president, seaelary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a princ pal business function. or any other person who performs similar policy or decision making functions, or (i) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production. or operating facilities employing more than 250 persona or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding 525 million (o second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated 10 the manager in accordance with corporate - procedures; For psSisrsltp or solo profprlai«SMp: by a gent pelts « the proprietor; or. Fora rube iMlt Matti Fide* a ober putt feaNige by ether a prtholpel a•snskn a/oer or milking elected oAcieL Paperwofil Reduction Act Notice aootostlon Pubic in burden for this applicationa wd*iesemited b e ensge. saso hours s, g�sMeirp end �duddy'�*�p0 oo' Tor nviowetp Mi Wu asuaning sodeing dale m•iNahing the data needed, and mmpisunq and reviewing the ooleetion a wemtsasn. Send comments regarding the burden estimates, any other aspect of the collection of information. or suggestions for improving this form, including any suuggesiwns which may inasese or reduce this burden to: Chief, Information Policy Branch. 21 66 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave, NW, Washington, DC 20460, or Director, Office of Information and Regulator Affairs. Office of Management and Budget. Washington. DC 20503. 03/2003 01565-5 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS OPERATOR'S INFORMATION Owner's Name and Address: Contractor's Names and Addresses: General Contractor: Site Supenntendent: Telephone: Telephone: Erosion Control and Maintenance Inspection: Telephone: Subcontractor's Names and Addresses: Phone: Phone: 03/2003 01565-6 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS CERTIFICATION FOR NPDES PERMITTING I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Date: City of Pearland 03/2003 01565-7 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S / SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authonzes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.. Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: 03/2003 01565-8 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS EROSION CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.. Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Date: 03/2003 01565-9 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS EM M TION EIG z O U O a cn a 0 O U 03/2003 01565-10 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices, which shall be utilized during construction activities. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for work covered under this section. Include in payment for Section 01565 — NPDES Requirements. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting storing, haulmg, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified in this or other Specifications and in compliance with apphcable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Drawings and this Specification. E The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Drawings and in this or other Specifications. 03/2003 01566-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A. When topsoil is specified as a component of another Specification, the Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices descnbed in this Specification during topsoil placement operations. 1 When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems, such as swales grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, silt fences, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3. After the areas to receive topsoil have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by discmg or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding of the topsoil to the subsoil. 3.03 DUST CONTROL • A. Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B. Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bnng clods to the surface. 4. Imgation by water sprinkling. 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C. Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowmg on the project site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A. Keep streets clean of construction debns and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction, staging, storage, and disposal areas. A vehicle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures. Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01550 - Stabilized Construction Exit. B. In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Waterhosmg or sweeping of debns and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 03/2003 01566-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose Locate such areas so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily. B. On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste matenals on the construction site. In plan, designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste shall be specified and carried out in accordance with apphcable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. B. Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.07 WASHING AREAS A. Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly mto the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to mimmize mud production. 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A. Isolate sites where chemicals cements, solvents, paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B. Store toxic chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines. Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. 03/2003 01566-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS A. Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide the construction sites with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facihties and Controls, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICIDES A. Use and store pesticides dunng construction in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines and with local, state, and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pesticides which could produce contammated runoff. Take great care to prevent accidental spillage. Never wash pesticide containers in or near flowing streams or storm water conveyance systems. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01566-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench safety system for structural excavations, which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. No separate measurement will be made of shoring systems used by the Contractor for protection unless identified as Special Shoring on the Drawings. Shoring, other than Special shonng, will be included in the trench safety system measurements. B Measurement for Special Shoring system installations shown on the Drawings and included in the bid schedule for trench excavations, is on a square foot basis. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit pnce procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B The trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. C Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shonng Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, shde rail systems, sheet piling, cnbbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1. Protective Systems: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. 2. Shoring System: A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 3. Special Shonng• A shoring system meeting Special Shonng Requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 03/2003 01570-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Drawings. C Have construction and shop drawings for trench safety systems sealed as required by OSHA by a licensed Professional Engineer retained and paid by the Contractor. D Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B A reproduction of the OSHA standards included in "Subpart P - Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on Owner s projects. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems, is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). D Reference materials, if developed for a specific project, will be issued with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation) judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. 03/2003 01570-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor s trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Drawings. C Obtain verification from a competent person, as identified in the Contractor's trench excavation safety program, that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work m the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Verify specific apphcabihty of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION 03/2003 01570-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B Installation. C Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order. C Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in wnting by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Expenenced as a professional sign company. D Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Preconstruction Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involvmg paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites Provide one project identification sign at each site. 03/2003 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but skid - mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Show content, layout, lettering style lettenng size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettenng, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch wood posts, 8 feet long for skid mounting and 12 feet long minimum for post hole mounting to set top of posts at 8 feet above existing grade. 2. Sign Header Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-mch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners b. Use 1/2-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts and 1/2-mch by 3-1/2-inch to attach sign header to sign. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations shown on the detail titled Project Sign Construction. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background. B Sign and Sign Header: Use manne plywood, minimum 3/4-inch thick. Use full-size 4- foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints do not piece wood to fabncate a sign face. C Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathenng shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint pnor to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. 03/2003 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS D Colors: 1 Sign and Header Background: Sign and sign header backgrounds shall be industrial grade, reflective white. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (White), or approved equal. 2. Sign Border: Add 2-1/2-inch-wide red border along the four edges of the project sign. Do not apply the border to the sign header. For border, use industrial grade reflective red. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (Red), or approved equal. 3. Sign Film: Make legends, symbols, lettering, and artwork from 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films, or approved equal. Match colors to the following 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films. a. All Lettering: Vivid Blue b. Rainbow Graphic on Header for Neighborhoods to Standard 1) Dark Violet 2) Intense Blue 3) Kelly Green 4) Bright Yellow 5) Bnght Orange 6) Tomato Red E City Seal and Other Logos: The City Engineer will provide seals and other logos to the Contractor, as needed. 2.02 SIGN LAYOUT AND COMPOSITION A Sign layout and composition is to be provided to the Contractor by the City at the Preconstruction Meeting. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install project identification signs within 7 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Preconstruction Meeting Position the sign m such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C Erect sign level and plumb. D If mounted on posts, sink posts at least 3 feet below grade. Stabilize posts to mimmize lateral motion Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, not the sign header, is at a nominal 8 feet above existing grade. 03/2003 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION • 03/2003 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ATTACHMENT TABLE 01580-1 SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS AND DIRECTORS SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT DIRECTORS / CHIEFS Pohce Department Fire Department Department Parks & Recreation Public Library Department Solid Waste Department Community Development Department of Housing and & Human Services Department Health 03/2003 01580-5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. 1.02 PRODUCTS A Products: Means matenal, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing matenals or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the project. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, dehvery, and handling of equipment and matenals required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.04 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the short term site completion schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to mstallation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. B Coordinate delivenes to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the City. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. City's use of premises. 03/2003 01600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Have products delivered to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of matenals and equipment delivered to the job site If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate matenals and equipment at no additional cost to the City. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products including those provided by the City, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scrapmg, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle matenals and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect matenals in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvemence to other contractors, public travel, adjohung owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage m a manner to provide easy access for mspection. C Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of matenal and equipment as shown on Drawings or approved by the City Engineer. D Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. 03/2003 01600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT E Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F Protect stored matenals and equipment against loss or damage. G Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Pubhc and private dnves and street crossings shall be kept open. I Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The total length which matenals may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the City Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed • END OF SECTION 03/2003 01600-3 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process. selections B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including preapproved, and approved products or processes 1.02 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Project. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabncation, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resultmg in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS A Preapproved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or supphers are designated in the Specifications as "preapproved. Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Construction products or processes of certain manufacturers or supphers designated m the Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal." Approval of alternate products or processes not listed in the Specifications may be obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in Document 00700 - General Conditions, and by following the submittal procedures specified m Section 01350 - Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not apphcable to preapproved products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product, which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The Contractor's responsibihty related to product options and substitutions is defined in the General Conditions. 03/2003 01630-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS B Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. C Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination costs, needed to establish the equivalency between products m order to obtain information upon which the Engineer can base a decision. D If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equal to that named in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products or processes may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product or process deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product or process deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved product specified. B Submit a wntten request for a construction product to be considered as an alternate product. C Submit the product mformation after the effective date of the Agreement and within the time penod allowed for substitution submittals given m the General Conditions. After the submittal penod has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards c. Samples, as applicable d. Name and address of similar projects, on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and mstalling contractor. 03/2003 01630-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method b. Drawings illustrating methods 4. Itemized companson of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule 6. Relation to separate contracts, if any 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in companson with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01630-3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY CONTROL A. Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before startmg survey work. B. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. C. Submit information under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B. Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.04 EXAMINATION A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B. Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Drawings. B. Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. C. Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. D. Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. E Contractor shall reimburse Owner for cost of reestablishment of permanent reference points disturbed by Contractor's operations. 03/2003 01720-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Utilize recognized engineenng survey practices. B. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with honzontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C. Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for measurement and payment and to provide appropnate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means' 1. Site improvements including pavements stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement, utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. D. Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01720-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 3.02. B. Store Record Documents and samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, pnnted letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E. Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Contract Drawings, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings• Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built' conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench mark utilized for project 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on onginal contract drawings. 6. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. C. Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by Engineer. 03/2003 01760-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01760-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with Document 00700 - General Conditions regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. C. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D. The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other Sections. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning pnor to final inspection. B. Clean debns from drainage systems. C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operations and maintenance data as noted in Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. B. Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. 03/2003 01770-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT C. Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment. D. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 03/2003 01770-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing and grubbing. B. Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling. C. Removal of debris and trash. D. Removal of obstructions. E Excavation and fill. F. Disposal of waste materials. G. Disposal of excess matenals. H. Salvaging of designated items. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Side streets and utility easements involving any work in this contract will not be measured separately and are considered incidental to work under this Section. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment, for umt price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Brought -in Structural Fill: 1. Sand, gravel, earth or combination, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to select borrow standards: a. Liquid limit 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. b. Plasticity index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum ASTM D 4318. c. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. d. Well broken up, free of clods of hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. 03/2003 02200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 2. Brought -in General Fill: LL <_65, PI 0-45, free of trash, etc. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRESERVATION OF STAKING A. Use caution to preserve survey staking, monuments and property corners. B. Employ a Registered Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 3.02 SITE CLEARING A. Protect trees and shrubs designated to remain m accordance with Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect utilities from damage. C. Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds roots, leaves and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely dram surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 8. At completion transport topsoil from stockpiles to work site for spreading and final fine grading. D. Clearing and Grubbing. 1. Clear project site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. 2. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees. 4. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 5. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. 6. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 03/2003 02200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 7. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface. 8. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated. 9. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment. 10. Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A. Undercut and replace material, which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B. Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or "Brought -in Fill" specified in this section. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Depressed site areas shall be filled using matenal from high areas, insofar as practicable. B. Fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with 'Brought -in Structural Fill' material, when fill obtained from high areas is exhausted and `Brought -in General" Fill for open areas not under structures or roadways. C. Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A. Items designated by the Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and dehvered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 DISPOSAL A. Remove and dispose of excess matenal and debns resulting from work under this Section in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for cement stabihzed sand under this Section unless an extra unit pnce item is included in the Bid Proposal and the application of the pay item is approved by the Engineer. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit pnce for applicable utility or structure installation section. B. If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed based on the Engineer's direction the extra unit pace item will be paid on a per ton basis. A conversion between volume calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit material qualification and mix design tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in Paragraph 2.01. 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material quahfied by the tests of Paragraph 1 03B.1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the mix design testing. 3. Mix design report to meet the design requirements of Paragraph 1.04 The mix design shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent m accordance with ASTM D558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. Mix for general use shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 03/2003 02252-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 2. Deleterious materials: a. Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. D. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water m proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of' loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A. Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B. Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture m standing or free water. 03/2003 02252-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with Paragraph 2.01, Materials, if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery for each day of placement in a work area. Specimens will be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested for 48-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D1633. D. The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02252-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. If not hsted in Bid Schedule, there will be no additional payment for trench excavation, embedment and backfill. Include cost in the umt pnce for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B. No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for umt price procedures. D. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for special excavation: Measurement for special excavation is on a cubic yard basis measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatenng and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring and sheetmg necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to detenorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augenng, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of special excavation. f. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 03/2003 02318-1 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. E If listed in Bid Schedule, extra hand excavation: Measurement for extra hand excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for beddmg or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra hand excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. F. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra machine excavation: Measurement for extra machine excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatenng and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated matenal not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra machine excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. G. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of material: 1. Measurement for extra placement of material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. At the discretion of Engineer, measurement of cubic yards may be calculated from the volume of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation for which placement is made, minus the volume of any Extra Placement of Special Backfill authonzed in conjunction with the Work 2. Cost for this item shall include resoddmg required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. H. If fisted in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of special excavation: 1. Measurement for extra placement of special material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 03/2003 02318-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Cost for this item shall include geotextile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of special material conforming to the Specifications. I. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from extra unit price Work. Extra payment items must be approved in advance by the Engineer. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Special excavation: Excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts or other structures, not shown on Drawings, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions, sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. B. Extra hand excavation: Excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. C. Extra machine excavation: Excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Umt Prices. D. Extra replacement of material: Handling, backfill, and compaction of excavated material authorized under Extra Work Bid Items for Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. Placement and compaction shall conform to requirements specified in appropriate Division 2 - Site Work Sections. E. Extra placement of special backfill: Hauling, placing, and consolidating of special materials in conjunction with Extra Work Bid Item Extra Replacement of Material at locations designated by the Engineer. Matenals placed under this item shall conform to requirements for Bank Run Sand, Cement Stabilized Sand, Concrete Sand, Pea Gravel, Gem Sand, or Crushed Stone specified in Division 2 - Site Work Sections. F. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill matenal placed and compacted in over -excavations. G. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and honzontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. H. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spnngline of pipe and honzontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. I. Initial Backfill. The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from springhne of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 03/2003 02318-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES J. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill. K. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. L Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following* 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious matenals. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. M. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. N. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. O. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatenng to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. P. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. Q. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water m trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. R. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 03/2003 02318-4 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Stable Trench with Seepage Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3. Unstable Trench. Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. S. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shonng installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. T. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. U. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable matenals below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. V Foundation Backfill Matenals Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabncs as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. W. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. X. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. Y Shoring System: A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. Z. Special Shoring: A shonng system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 03/2003 02318-5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.04 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a written descnption for information only of the planned typical method of excavation backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Drawings. C. Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. D. Submit backfill matenal sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements in this Section. E Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in the Section. F. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients. 1.06 TESTS A. Perform backfill matenal source qualification testing in accordance with requirements in this Section. B. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 03/2003 02318-6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. 1.08 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Have Special Shoring designed or selected by the Contractor's Professional Engineer to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures pavements and utihties. Special shoring may be a premanufactured system selected by the Contractors Professional Engineer to meet the project site requirements based on the manufacturer's standard design. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a mimmum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to the following classifications and product descriptions: 03/2003 02318-7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01 B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02. C. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well - graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: nonplastic. b. Gradation: D6o/Dto - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, httle to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: nonplastic to 4. b. Gradations: 1) Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. 2) Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 3) Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes: 1) Plasticity index greater than 7, and above A hne. 2) Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB• Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 6. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 03/2003 02318-8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2.03 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debns, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials• 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. B. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property cntena are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passmg the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit. not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. D. Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following hmits when tested m accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 03/2003 02318-9 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 F. Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 G. Crushed Aggregates: Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a mimmum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Test Method Tex-460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occumng smgle source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawmg details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement matenal, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 03/2003 02318-10 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 7 Gradations, as determined in accordance with Tex-110-E PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15 ' - 8" <8" 1' 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90 - 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 - 100 3/8" - 20 - 55 40 - 70 No.4 0- 5 0-10 0-15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 H. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. I. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. J. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Paragraph 2.03D, and the following requirements: a. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. b. Deletenous matenals: 1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. 2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5 0 percent. 3) Organic impunties, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. c. Plasticity codex of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of paragraph 2.03H, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined m the mix design report. 4. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deletenous substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. K. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in - Place Concrete. 03/2003 02318-11 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2.04 MATERIAL TESTING A. Ensure that matenal selected, produced and dehvered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by supphers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable* 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of material passing the No 40 sieve. 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of matenal retained on the No. 4 sieve. 4. Clay lumps. 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities C. Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill matenals to be placed in the Work meet apphcable specification requirements. D. Assist the City Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast-m-Place Concrete. F. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370 - Geotextile. G. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. H. Timber Shoring Left m Place: Untreated oak. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Install flexible pipe, mcludmg "semi-ngid" pipe, to conform to standard practice described m ASTM D 2321, and as descnbed in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 03/2003 02318-12 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. B. Perform Work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. C. Immediately notify the agency or company owmng any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and dnveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demohtion, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatenng and surface water control measures to conform with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in wasting, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawmgs Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM WIDTH, INCHES TRENCH PIPE SIZE, INCHES Less than 18 O.D. + 18 18 to 30 O.D. + 24 Greater than 30 O.D. + 36 03/2003 02318-13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation matenal. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields: When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the foliowmg requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill matenals, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding matenals beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 03/2003 02318-14 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials, which are suitable as defined in this Section. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. B. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements in this Section. C. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Implement ground water control according to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in hne segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately pnor to placement of embedment matenals, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open - graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment mcludmg bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. PVC & HDPE require cement -stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. 03/2003 02318-15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G. Place haunching matenal manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary hold small -diameter or hghtweight pipe in place dunng compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restncted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestncted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. 03/2003 02318-16 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or bank run sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area cntena. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water lines backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with bank run sand, select fill, or random backfill material as specified in this Section. E For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each hft before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank run sand. a. Maximum 9-niches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement -stabilized sand a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 03/2003 02318-17 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. Select fill a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. • F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use hme stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill ofpipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.10 SOURCES OF UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B. Identify off -site sources for backfill matenals at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish matenals from other approved sources. Matenals may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Matenals which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use matenal which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the City through a change order. 03/2003 02318-18 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off - site sources. E The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.11 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved matenal to be used. Excavate the selected matenal by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity m the product. B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical matenal handling and control, and venfication testing by the Engineer m advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill matenal on adjacent private property. C. When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of matenals into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles c. Matenals placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Venfication Testing: The City's testing laboratory will provide venfication testing on backfill matenals, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. 03/2003 02318-19 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, imtial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rej ection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance cntena. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests mdicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.13 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02318-20 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE Section 02370 GEOTEXTILE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Geotextile fabric, also called filter fabric, in apphcations such as under a granular fill, as a pipe embedment wrap, around the exterior of a tunnel liner, or around the foundations of pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Unless listed by the square yard in place in the Bid Schedule, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include the cost of such work in unit pnces for work requiring geotextile, such as embankment, pipe embedment, sewer line in tunnel, or placement of manhole foundations, as appropriate. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information, for approval, prior to installation. C Submit installation methods, as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities. Obtain approval from Engmeer for geotextile matenal and the proposed installation method prior to use of the geotextile. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A Provide a geotextile (filter fabric) designed for use m geotechnical apphcations, which forms a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use a fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A Subsurface Drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M288 and as specified in paragraph 2.02. 2.02 PROPERTIES A Material: Nonwoven, nonbiodegradable, fabnc consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight polyolefins, polyesters or polyamide, formed into a dimensionally stable network. 03/2003 02370-1 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE B Chemical Resistance: Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over a pH range of 3 to 12. C Physical Resistance: Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects and rodents. D Minimum Test Values: PROPERTY VALUE (MIN) TEST METHOD Grab strength 180 lbs ASTM D 4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength lbs 50 ASTM D 4533 Puncture Strength 80 lbs ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opemng Size (1) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity (sec-1) 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 LINE WORK A Use geotexhle with backfill for utilities in conformance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02370-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS Section 02416 TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to be accomplished for trenchless construction of sanitary sewer pipes. B. Contractor shall select a method of construction, which can be demonstrated to successfully complete the Project. C. Casing sizes shown on the plans are minimum size. Contractor may substitute larger casing pipe at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment of trenchless construction sewer pipes will be full compensation for all labor, equipment, casing, sewer pipes, materials and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatering, casing installation, joints, spoil removal, pipe installation, groutmg utility adjustments, testing, and cleanup, and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. Trenchless construction with or without casing will be measured on a linear foot basis. C. Access pits and other excavations are incidental to the work. Trench Safety for Access Pits and other excavations for work specifically performed for this section shall be included in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. D. No separate payment will be made for pavement removal and replacement (i.e., lime stabihzation, crushed limestone, hot mix asphalt surface course, cement sand base, and concrete pavement, etc.) associated with augermg. E For areas indicated on the drawings, the Contractor may provide trenchless construction without casing provided that proper lme and grade can be met. This shall be adequately demonstrated in the Contractor s trenchless construction work plan and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Dry augering shall be defined as installation of steel casing by excavating the soil at the advancing end of casing and transporting the spoil through the casing by an otherwise uncased auger, while advancing the casing by jacking at the same rate as the auger excavation progresses. 03/2003 02416-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS B. Slurry augering shall be defined as installation of casing or sewer pipe by first drilling a small diameter pilot hole from shaft to shaft, followed by reaming the bore to full diameter by augering with slurry, and installing the casing or pipe by a pull -back or jacking method. C. Microtunneling shall be defined as a method of installing pipe by jacking the pipe behind a microtunnel boring machine which is connected to and shoved forward by the pipe being installed, generally precluding man entry with the pipe serving as both the tunnel liner during construction and the sewer pipe after the completion of construction. D. Microtunnel Boring Machine (MTBM): Mechanized excavating equipment that is remotely -controlled, steerable, guided and articulated, connected to and shoved forward by the pipe being installed, usually precluding man entry. E Trenchless pipe or casing work plans shall be defined as written descriptions, together with sketches drawings, schedules, and other documents defining Contractor's plans and procedures for installation of casing or sewer pipe by trenchless method. Such methods of construction shall be of the Contractor's choosing, in accordance with this specification. The submission of work plans including drawings shall be required for the sole purpose of providing the Engineer sufficient details to venfy that the Contractor's planned work and work in progress is in accordance with the intent of the project design and specifications. 1.04 REI+'ERENCE STANDARDS A. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the abbreviation only. 1. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. Review. Submittal shall be made in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittal. The Engineer will review submitted plans, details and data for compliance with specifications. Contractor shall not commence work on any items requiring pipe and casing augenng work plan, or other submittal until the submittal have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Such review by the Engineer shall not be construed m any way of relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract, shall not be construed by the contractor as an endorsement by the Engineer that such methods are constructable or will work for the specific subsurface soils encountered Structural designs and other engineered components shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. 03/2003 02416-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS B. Trenchless Operation: 1. Submit for review a Trenchless Construction Work Plan with complete drawings and written description identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed dunng construction, as required. The drawings and descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of this Section 2. Depending on the Contractor's method of construction, the Trenchless Construction Work Plan shall be submitted on the following items: a. Proposed method of construction. b. Arrangement drawings and technical specifications of the equipment and experience record of the Contractor. c. Method of controlling line and grade of augering operation. d. Method of spoil and slurry removal, including surface storage and disposal. e. Details of the pipe or casing installation. f. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between casing and sewer pipe, where required, and for filling over excavation, if any including equipment, pumping and injection procedures, pressure grout types, and mixtures. g. Location and construction of auger pits, including details for all required ground support installation not included in the Trench Safety Plan. h. Groundwater control system per requirements in this section and in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, as required by construction method. 3. Casing and pipe fabrication drawings, mcludmg joint details. C. Trench Safety: 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. 2. To the extent that excavation for pipe and casing augering involves work not covered by Contractor's Trench Safety Plan, the safety provisions of these excavation shall be addressed in the Pipe and Casing Augenng Work Plan. D. Quality Control Methods: At least 30 days prior to the start of augenng, the Contractor shall submit a descnption of the quality control methods proposed for use in this operation to the City Engineer. The submittal shall include: 1 Supervision. Supervisory control to ensure that work is performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and Trenchless Construction Work Plan. 2. Line Grade. Procedures for surveying, controlhng and checking line and grade, including field forms. 3. Procedures for preparing and submitting daily logs of trenchless operations, including field forms. 03/2003 02416-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS 4. Products and Materials: A plan for testing and submittal of test results to demonstrate compliance with the specification and Contractor s design critena for permanent products, material and installations. The plan shall identify applicable standards and procedures for testing and acceptance. 5. Momtonng Settlement: Submit a settlement Monitoring Plan if requested by the Engineer. 1.06 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING INSTALLATION LOADS A. Pipes and casings shall be selected by the Contractor to carry overburden pressure and applicable surcharge and installation loads. B. The critena to be used for truck loading shall be HS-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the casing, pipe and pipe jomts to carry the thrust of the jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism. D. The Contractor shall select the diameter of the casing to meet the minimum dimensions defined in the Drawings, and to permit practical installation (including skids, pipe spiders and shims, if applicable) and grouting, where required. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Casing pipe shall be provided where shown on Drawings or indicated in Specifications and be new, uncoated welded steel pipe manufactured in accordance with AWWA C200. The design stress in the pipe wall shall be 50 percent of the mimmum yield point of the steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to the loading conditions. The design deflection to be used in determining wall thickness shall not exceed 3 percent of nominal casing pipe size. B. Sewer pipe shall be provided in accordance with Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The sewer pipe shall be selected by the Contractor and verified by the Contractor's engineer to safely withstand all service loads, including overburden pressures and surcharge loads together with all forces and pressures induced in pipe and Joints during installation. C. For grouting matenals refer to Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout. 03/2003 02416-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND SAFETY A. Contractor shall be responsible for means and methods for trenchless construction and shall ensure the safety of the work, the Contractor's employees, the public, and adjacent property, whether public or private. B. Perform construction operations in such a mariner that will not interfere with the operation of street or railroad, affect underground installations, or weaken or damage any structure. 3.02 DRY AUGERING A. Provide honzontal augering equipment of sufficient capacity for the diameter and length of the casing to be installed and the anticipated ground conditions. B. Provide heavy-duty jacks of a capacity suitable for forcing the excavating auger and casing through the ground and a suitable jacking frame or backstop. Use operating jacks constructed so that even pressure is applied to all jacks used. C. Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments. A water level or other means shall be provided to allow monitoring of the grade elevation of the auger casing. D. Set casing to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support the section of pipe and direct it to proper line and grade. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. E In unconsolidated soil formations, bentomte may be used to seal the voids outside the wall and furnish lubrication for the installation of casing. The use of water to assist in lubrication to facilitate the removal of spoil is permitted, however, water jetting of the soil is not allowed when jacking the casing. F. Acceptance cntena for the sewer pipe when installed m casing shall be ± 6 inches in horizontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and ± 1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical If the sewer pipe cannot be installed in the casing within these tolerances, the Contractor may be required to realign the casing at no additional cost to City, including any backfill or groutmg of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out of tolerance casing shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. Contractor is responsible for final selection of casmg diameter to assure these tolerances. 03/2003 02416-5 CITYOFPEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS G. Insofar as practical and depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. H. Repair casing damaged in augenng operations by method acceptable to the Engineer or remove and replace it. 3.03 SLURRY AUGERING • A. Provide horizontal bonng equipment for drilling of pilot hole, slurry augering equipment for excavating the full-sized hole for casing or pipe installation. B. Drill a small diameter pilot hole for the entire length of the augered pipe. Check the pilot hole for line and grade at the receiving end to determine if the larger diameter hole will comply with this Specification. The pilot hole shall be redrilled if the installed pipe would not meet the specified tolerances. C. Auger the large -diameter hole by mechanical means for reaming the pilot hole. The diameter of the augered hole shall be not more than 1 inch greater than the outside diameter of the installed pipe measured from the barrel of the pipe. Place excavated matenal outside the working pit and dispose of it, as specified in Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. Jetting is not permitted. Augered holes, which do not meet the specified tolerances, shall be grouted. D. In unconsolidated soil formations, use a bentonite slurry to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubncation for the installation of the pipe. Install the pipe or casing in one operation with the displacement of cuttings and slurry from the hole in potentially unstable soils to prevent casing and settlement of the ground surface. Depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augenng operation, conduct operations without interruption, insofar as practical, to prevent the pipe from seizing up m the hole before the installation is complete. F. Acceptance cntena for the installed sewer pipe shall be ± 6 inches in honzontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and ± 1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical. If a deviation exceeds these tolerances, the Contractor may be required to re -auger the pipe at no additional cost to the City, including any backfilling or grouting of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out -of -tolerance sewer pipe shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. Contractor is responsible for final selection casing diameter to assure these tolerances. G. Remove any pipe damaged in augenng operations and replace it. 03/2003 02416-6 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS 3.04 MICROTUNNELLING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for selection of tunneling equipment which based on past experience, has proven to be satisfactory for excavation of the soils to be encountered. B. The Contractor shall employ tunneling equipment that will be capable of handhng the various anticipated ground conditions and is capable of minimizing loss of soil ahead of and around the machine and shall provide satisfactory support of the excavated face. C. Microtunneling Equipment: In the case of MTBM, use a spoil transportation system which: 1. Either balances the soil and ground water pressures by the use of a slurry or earth pressure balance system; system shall be capable of adjustments required to maintain face stability for the particular soil condition and shall monitor and continuously balance the soil and ground water pressure to prevent loss of slurry or uncontrolled soil and ground water inflow, or, in the case of a slurry spoil transportation system: a. Provides pressure at the excavation face by use of the slurry pumps, pressure control valves, and a flow meter. b. Includes a slurry bypass unit in the system to allow the direction of flow to be changed and isolated, as necessary. c. Includes a separation process. Design it to provide adequate separation of the spoil from the slurry so that slurry with a sediment content within the limits required for successful tunneling can be returned to the cutting face for reuse Appropriately contain spoil at the site prior to disposal. d. Uses the type of separation process suited to the size of tunnel being constructed the soil type being excavated, and the work space available at each work area for operating the plant. e. Allows the composition of the slurry to be monitored to maintain the slurry weight and viscosity hmits required. 2. In the case of a cased auger earth pressure balance system, the system shall be capable of adjustments required to maintain face stability for the particular soil condition to be encountered. Momtor and continuously balance the soil and ground water pressure to prevent loss of soil or uncontrolled ground water mflow. a. In a cased auger spoil transportation system, manage the pressure at the excavation face by controlling the volume of spoil removal with respect to the advance rate. Momtor the speed of rotation of the auger flight, and the addition of water. 3. Remote Control System: Provide an MTBM which includes a remote control system with the following features: a. Allows for operation of the system without the need for personnel to enter the tunnel. Has a display available to the operator, at a remote operation console, showing the position of the shield in relation to a design reference together with other information such as face pressure, roll, 03/2003 02416-7 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS pitch, steering attitude, valve positions, thrust force, and cutter head torque; rate of advance and installed length. b. Integrates the system of excavation and removal of spoil and its simultaneous replacement by pipe. As each pipe section is jacked forward, the control system shall synchronize all of the operational functions of the system. 4. Active Direction Control: Provide an MTBM which includes an active direction control system with the following features: a. Controls line and grade by a guidance system that related to actual position of the MTBM to a design reference (e.g. by a laser beam transmitted from the jacking shaft along the pipe to a target mounted in the shield. b. Provide active steering information, which shall be monitored and transmitted to the operating console. c. Provides positioning and operation information to the operator on the control console. 5. Use generator, which is suitably insulated for noise ("hospital" type) in residential or commercial areas. D. Pipe Jacking Equipment. Provide a pipe jacking system with the following features: 1. Has the main jacks mounted in a jacking frame located in the starting shaft. 2. Has a jacking frame, which successively pushes a string of connected pipes following the tunneling excavation equipment towards a receiving shaft. 3. Has sufficient jacking capacity to push the tunneling excavation equipment and the stnng of pipe through the ground. Incorporates intermediate jacking stations, if required. 4. Has a capacity at least 20 percent greater than the calculated maximum jacking load. 5. Develops a uniform distribution of j acking forces on the end of the pipe by use of spreader rings and packing measured by operating gauges. 6. Provides and maintains a pipe lubrication system at all times to lower the friction developed on the surface of the pipe during jacking. 7. Jack Thrust Reactions: Use reactions for pipe jacking that are adequate to support the jacking pressure developed by the main jacking system. Special care shall be taken when setting the pipe guide rails in the jacking shaft to ensure correctness of the alignment, grade, and stability. E Enclose lighting fixtures in watertight enclosures with suitable guards. Provide separate circuits for lighting, and other equipment. F. Electrical systems shall conform to requirements of National Electncal Code —NFPA 70. G. Acceptance cntena for the sewer pipe shall be plus of minus 6 inches m horizontal alignment from the theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical If a deviation exceeds these tolerances, the Contractor may be required to reinstall the pipe at no 03/2003 02416-8 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCHLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR SEWERS additional cost to the City, including any backfilling or grouting of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out -of -tolerance sewer pipe shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. Contractor is responsible for final selection casing diameter to assure these tolerances. 3.05 ACCESS PITS A. Contractor's Trenchless Construction Work Plan shall identify the location, size, depth and layout, and ground support design of all access and observation pits, as well as a schedule of dates that each pit is expected to be open. B Access pits that are excavated as a part of open -cut sewer construction shall be in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C. Install sheeting, hrung, shoring, and bracing required for the protection of the workmen and the public in accordance with Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. 3.06 PIPE IN CASING A. The ends of pipes shall be sealed with grout. 3.07 INFILTRATION LEAKAGE TESTING A. Pipes installed by augering shall be tested m accordance with Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. All spoil shall be removed from the job site. Spoil removal and its disposal from the job site shall be in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02416-9 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION Section 02427 CORROSION PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of plastic liners for concrete manholes and structures. Only plastic liners manufactured with integral locking ribs spaced at approximately 2-1/4 inches on center over the entire finer is acceptable. Liners relying on mechanically fastened batten strips as the primary means of anchorage are unacceptable. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for plastic liners. Include in price bid for concrete manholes and accessones. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension B. ASTM D 1044 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting C. ASTM D 1434 -Gas Transmission Rate Procedure V D. ASTM D 2440 - Standard Test Methods for Oxidation Stability of Mmeral Insulating Oil 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01380 - Submittals. B. Prior to submittal of shop drawings, the manufacturer shall approve the proposed panel layout and proposed details. The Contractor shall then submit shop drawings showing the proposed panel layout to cover the area to be lined. Shop drawings shall also show the proposed details for installation of liner at seams, terminations, corners, openings, pipe penetrations, etc., and the type of factory and field welds and attachments. C. Provide sufficient details to permit placement of liner without use of design Drawings Reproduction of design Drawmgs for use as shop drawings will not be allowed. Do not begin fabrication of the liner until after shop drawings and submitted materials have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. 03/2003 02427 - 1 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION 1.05 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicators. The application of plastic liner to forms and other surfaces, finer finishing, repair, and testing is considered highly specialized work and shall be performed only by firms and individuals recommended and approved by the lining manufacturer. Personnel performing such work shall be trained in methods of installation and shall demonstrate their ability to the Engineer. Welders 1. Each welder shall pass a qualification welding test before doing any welding. Requalification may be required at any time deemed necessary by the Engineer. Provide at least 24 hours notice to the Engineer to schedule a qualification welding test. 2. All test welds shall be made m the presence of the Engineer or his specified representative and shall consist of the following: a. Begin with two pieces of lmer, at least 15 inches long and 9 inches wide. Hold pieces in a vertical position, lapped 1-1/2 inches. b. Position a weld strip over the edge of the lap and weld to both pieces of liner. Extend each end of the weld strip at least 2 inches beyond the liner to provide tabs. 3. The weld specimen will be tested as follows: a. Each weld strip tab, tested separately, shall be subjected to l0-pound pull normal to the face of the liner with the liner secured firmly in place The weld is acceptable if there is no separation between the weld strip and liner. b. Three test specimens shall be cut from the welded sample and tested in tension across the welds. Tensile strength measured across welded joints shall be at least 2000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D 412. If none of these specimens fails when tested as mdicated above, the weld will be considered satisfactory. c. If one specimen fails to pass the tension test, a retest will be permitted. The retest shall consist of testing three additional specimens cut from the original welded sample. If the three retest specimens pass the test, the weld will be considered satisfactory. 4. A disqualified welder may submit a new weld sample when the welder has had sufficient off -the -job training or experience to warrant re-examination. 03/2003 02427 - 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CORROSION PROTECTION A. Plastic liner shall be as manufactured by Ameron Protective Linings Division; Poly -Tee, Inc.; or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Manufacturing. 1. Plastic liner sheet, joint, corner and weld strips shall be manufactured from a high molecular weight thermoplastic polymer compounded to make a permanently flexible material suitable for use as protective liner m concrete pipe or other concrete structures. Polyvinyl chlonde resin shall constitute not less than 99 percent by weight of the resin used in the formulation. Copolymer resins shall not be permitted. 2. At any time dunng the manufacture or prior to the final acceptance of the Work, the Engineer may sample specimens taken from sheets, stnps, or welded joints for testing. 3. Changes in formulation will be permitted only after prior notice is given to the Engineer -and the inanufacturer_demonstrates.that the new plastic liner will meet or exceed requirements for chemical resistance and physical properties. B. Properties 1. Plastic liner sheets including locking extensions joints, corners, and welding strips shall be free of cracks, cleavages or other defects adversely affecting the protective characteristics of the material. 2. Except at shop welds, plastic liner sheets, joint, corner, and weld steps shall have the following properties when tested at 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F. PROPERTY CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TEST ASTM METHOD TEST AFTER CHEMICAL EXPOSURE INITIAL (Note 1) Tensile strength, min. 2200 psi 2100 psi D 412, Die B 200 percent 200 percent D 412, Die B Elongation at break, min. D 2240, Within 1 50-60 ±5 (Note 2) Shore durometer, Type D sec. D 2240, 10 sec. 35-50 ±5 (Note 2) 03/2003 02427 - 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION PROPERTY CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TEST ASTM METHOD TEST AFTER CHEMICAL EXPOSURE INITIAL (Note 1) Weight change (Note 3) ±1 5 % (Note 2) Notes• 1 2 3 For 112 days in chemical solutions With respect to initial test results Specimen shall be 1 inch x 3 inch sample sheet thickness, taken from sheet or strip at any time prior to final acceptance of the work. 2.03 MATERIAL TESTS A. Material Properties. Samples taken from sheets, joints or weld strips shall be tested to determine material properties. Determination of PVC tensile strength and elongation shall be in accordance with ASTM D 412 using Die B. Determination of indentation hardness shall be m accordance with ASTM D 2240 using a Type D durometer, except that a single thickness of material will be used. Determination of change of weight and indentation hardness shall be made of 1-inch by 3-inch specimens. Thickness of specimens shall be the thickness of the sheet or strip. B. Measurement of Initial Physical Properties Determine the initial values for tensile strength, weight, elongation and indentation hardness prior to chemical resistance tests. C. Chemical Resistance Tests. 1. Determine the physical properties of the specimens after exposure to chemical solutions. Test specimens shall be conditioned to constant weight at 110 degrees F before and after submersion m the following solutions for a period of 112 days at 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F. Chemical Solution Concentration Sulfuric acid 20%* Sodium hydroxide 5% Ammonium hydroxide 5%* Nitric acid 1%* Femc chloride 1% Soap 0.1% Detergent (linear alkyl benzyl sulfonate or LAS) 0.1 % Bacteriological BOD not less than 700 ppm * Volumetric percentages of concentrated C.P. grade reagents. 03/2003 02427 - 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION 2. At 28 day intervals, remove specimens from each chemical solution and test. If any specimen fails to meet the 112-day property requirements specified in paragraph 2.02B before completion of the 112-day exposure, the material will be rej ected. D. Pull Test for Locking Extensions. Liner locking extensions embedded in concrete shall withstand a test pull of at least 100 pounds per hnear inch, applied perpendicularly to the concrete surface for a period of 1 minute, without rupture of the locking extensions or withdrawal from embedment. This test shall be made at a temperature between 70 degrees F and 80 degrees F, inclusive. E Shop -Welded Joints. Shop -welded joints used to fuse individual sections of finer together, shall meet the minimum requirements of the finer for thickness, corrosion resistance and impermeability. Welds shall show no cracks or separations and shall be tested for tensile strength Tensile strength, measured across the welded joint in accordance with ASTM D 412 using Die B, shall be at least 2000 psi. Test temperature shall be 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F and the measured minimum width and thickness of the reduced test specimen section shall be used. F. Spark Test. Liners shall be shop and field tested for holidays or flaws using an approved spark tester set to provide a minimum of 20,000 volts (Tinker and Rasor Model AP-W with power pack, or approved equal) Sheets having holes shah be satisfactorily repaired in the shop pnor to shipment from the manufacturer's plant. Repairs shall be made by welders qualified in accordance with these specifications. 2.04 MATERIAL DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS A. Approval of Details. Liner sheet, strip, and other accessory pieces shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications. B. Thickness of Material. The minimum thickness of PVC sheet and strip shall be as follows: Material Thickness in Inches Sheet, integral locking extensions Sheet, plain Joint strip Weld strip 0.065 0.094 0.094 0.125 03/2003 02427 - 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION C. Material Sizes. Sheets of PVC liner used for pipe shall be pipe -size sheets to provide the coverage required by the Drawings. Structural sheets shall be standard 48-inches by 96- inches, with any special size noted on the shop drawings. Lengths specified shall include tolerance at a ratio of plus or minus 1/4-inch for each 100 inches, or 0.25 percent. Joint strips shall be 4 inches plus or minus 0.25 inch in width and shall have each edge beveled prior to application. Weld strips shall be 1 inch plus or minus 0.125 inch in width. Weld strips shall have edges beveled at time of manufacture. D. Locking Extensions. 1. No polygrip-type holding or locking extension will be permitted. 2. PVC liner to be embedded in concrete shall have integral locking extensions. Liner may not be bonded to concrete surfaces with adhesives except as specifically acceptable to the Engineer. 3. PVC locking extensions shall be the same material as the liner, shall be integrally molded or extruded with the sheets, and shall have an approved cross section with a minimum height of 0.375 inch and a minimum web thickness of 0.085 inch. They shall be approximately 2.5 inches apart and shall be such that when the extensions are embedded in concrete, the liner will be held permanently in place. lc'VC ' ,rk�lc* exten >'ons shall be parallel and continuous except where interrupted for joint flaps, weep channels, strap channels and for other purposes shown on Drawings or permitted by the Engineer. 5. The liner sheet edge which will be the lower terminal edge in the structure shall not extend beyond the base of the final locking extension more than 0.375 inch. E Provisions for Strap Channels. Unless alternate methods are acceptable to the Engineer, the liner required to be secured to the inner form with straps shall have strap channels at not more than 20 inches on center perpendicular to the locking extensions. Strap channels shall be a maximum of 1-inch wide and formed by removing the locking extensions so that a maximum of 3/16-inch remains. The channels shall not be provided in the final two locking extensions adjacent to the terminal edge of the liner coverage. F. Flaps. When transverse flaps are specified or required, they shall be fabncated by removing locking extensions so that no more than 1/32 inch of the base of the locking extensions remams on the sheet. G. Adhesive Products. Adhesive products and application procedures used in the installation of the liner shall be according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Adhesive products intended for use inside cast -in -place structures shall be non- flammable H. Cleaners. Cleaners used in the installation of the liner shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to use. Cleaners shall be nonflammable and shall be water soluble or water dispersible and shall not be detrimental to the plastic finer. 03/2003 02427 - 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION I. Caulking Products. Caulking products and application procedures used in the installation of liner and appurtenances shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. J. Mechanical Anchors. When approved for use with plain sheet liner, provide anchors and washers of Type 316 stainless steel, and as recommended by the liner manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTIFICATION A. Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours before reinforcing steel placement so that the lining may be inspected and errors corrected without delaying the Work. 3.02 PLACING LINER A. Location: 1. Precast Concrete pipe manhole risers as indicated on the drawmgs: Liner shall be factory installed and placed throughout the entire length of the manhole along the entire 360 degrees of the pipe circumference. 2. Structures: Liner shall be placed inside all structures as indicated on the drawings. Liner shall be applied and secured to the forms and inspected by the Engineer prior to placement of reinforcing steel. B. Positioning Liner: 1. Position PVC liner installed in pipe so that locking extensions are parallel to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 2. Position PVC liner installed in cast -in -place structures so that the locking extensions are parallel to the direction of concrete placement, which is normally vertically for vertical walls. 3. Liner shall be closely fitted to inner forms. Sheets shall be cut to fit curved and warped surfaces using a minimum number of separate pieces. 4. The Engineer may require the use of patterns or the marking of sheet layouts directly on the forms where complicated warped surfaces are involved. 5. At transverse joints between sheets of liner used in cast -in -place structures and pipe joints the space between ends of locking extensions, measured longitudinally, shall not exceed 4 inches. Where sheets are cut and joined for the purpose of fitting irregular surfaces, this space shall not exceed 2 inches. 03/2003 02427 - 7 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION C. Securing Liner in Place: 1. Liner shall be held snugly in place against inner forms. For pipes and similar circular sections, hght steel banding straps or other approved means shall be used. Prefabricated pipe -size tubular sheets which do not require strap channels may also be used. 2. Banding straps when used, shall be placed in strap channels, as specified under provision for strap channels, at a spacing not to exceed 20 inches. 3. Any method of banding, other than in strap channels, shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to use. 4. On vertical surfaces where form ties or form stabilizing rods pass through liner, provisions shall be made to maintain the liner in close contact with the forms during concrete placement. These provisions shall be reviewed by the Engineer. 5. Concrete shall be prevented from flowing around the edges of sheets at joints by sealing the joint or seam with waterproof tape recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Forms in contact with plastic liner need not be oiled. D Weep Channels: 1. At each pipe joint and at transverse joints in cast -in -place structures, a gap not less than 2 inches nor greater than 4 inches shall be left m all locking extensions to provide a transverse weep channel. If locking extensions are removed to provide a weep channel at joints, the base of the extension left on the sheet shall not exceed 3/16 inch. 2. Intermediate weep channels shall be provided as required to mamtain a maximum spacing of 8 feet Intermediate weep channels shall not be less than 2.0 inches nor greater than 4.0 inches in width. If locking extensions are removed to provide intermediate weep channels, the base of the extension left on the sheet shall not exceed 3/16 inch. 3. Any area behind liner, which is not properly served by regular weep channels, shall have additional weep channels 2 inches wide provided by cutting away locking extensions. 4. A transverse weep channel shall be provided approximately 12 mches away from each liner return where surfaces lined with plastic hner join surfaces which are not so hued. 5. As a part of the work of installing liner, outlets of all weep channels shall be cleared of obstructions which would interfere with their proper functions. 6. Weep channels shall be designed for external hydrostatic pressures of a water column equal m height to the greater of 50 feet (22 psi) or 1 1 times the depth of burial. 03/2003 02427 - 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION E Liner Returns: 1. A liner return shall be installed where shown on the approved shop drawings and wherever surfaces hned with plastic liner joins surfaces which are not so fined. 2. Unless otherwise indicated by the Drawings or the approved shop drawings showing liner installation methods, returns shall be made as follows: a. The liner shall be returned at least 3 inches at the surfaces of contact between the concrete structure and items not concrete (including access frames, gate guides and pipe penetrations). b. The same procedure shall be followed at joints where the type of protective lining is changed, or the new work is built to join existing unlined concrete. 3. Locking extensions shall be provided on returns to lock the returns to the concrete of plastic -hued, cast -in -place structures. 4. Each liner return shall be sealed to adjacent construction with which it is in contact by means of an adhesive system recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the Engmeer. If the joint space is too wide or the jomt surfaces too rough to permit the use of the compound, the joint space shall be filled with 2 inches of densely caulked cement mortar, lead wool, or other caulking material and finished with a minimum of 1 inch depth of an approved corrosion resistant sealant material. 3.03 CONCRETING OPERATIONS A. Concrete Placement: 1. Concrete placed against liner shall be carefully vibrated so as to avoid damage to the liner and to produce dense concrete securely anchoring the locking extensions into the concrete. External vibrators shall be used in addition to internal vibrators, particularly along the lower terminal edge of the liner 2. Stiffeners, when used along locking extensions of liner installed in forms for pipe, shall be withdrawn completely dunng the placement of concrete in the forms. The concrete shall be revibrated to consolidate the concrete m the void spaces caused by the withdrawal of the stiffeners. B. Removing Forms: 1. In removing forms, care shall be taken to protect finer from damage. Sharp instruments shall not be used to pry forms from hued surfaces. When forms are removed, any nails that remain in the liner plate shall be pulled without tearing the liner and the resulting holes clearly marked. Form tie holes shall be marked before ties are broken off and all areas of abrasion of the finer shall be marked. 2. Following completion of form removal, liner in pipe and structures shall be cleaned for inspection. 03/2003 02427 - 9 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION 3. Banding straps used in securing liner to forms for pipe and cast -in -place structures shall be removed within the limits of the unlined invert. 3.04 FIELD JOINTING OF LINER A. Installation Requirements: 1. No field joint shall be made in the liner until the fined pipe or structure has been backfilled and 7 days have elapsed after the flooding or jetting has been completed. Where ground water is encountered, the joint shall not be made until pumping of ground water has been discontinued for at least 7 days and no visible leakage is evident at the joint. Liner at joints shall be free of all mortar and other foreign material and shall be clean and dry before joints are made. 2. Hot joint compound shall not be brought in contact with liner. 3. No coating of any kind shall be applied over any joint, corner or welding strip, except where nonskid coating is applied to liner surfaces. B Field Joints in Pipe Installation: 1. Field joints in the lining at pipe joints shall be one of the following types. a. Type P-1: The joint shall be made with a separate 4-inch joint strip and two welding strips. The 4-inch joint stnp shall be centered over the joint, heat -sealed to the fining, then welded along each edge to adjacent liner sheets with a 1-inch weld strip. The 4-inch joint strip shall lap over each sheet a minimum of 1/2 inch. b. Type P-2: (1) The joint shall be made with a joint flap with locking extensions removed as described in paragraph 2.04 above, and extending approximately 4 inches beyond the pipe end. The jomt flap shall overlap the lining in the adjacent pipe section a minimum of %2 inch and be heat -sealed in place prior to welding. The field joint shall be completed by welding the flap to the lining of the adjacent pipe using 1-inch weld strip. (2) Care shall be taken to protect the flap from damage. Excessive tension and distortion in bending back the flap to expose the pipe joint during laying and joint mortaring shall be avoided. At temperatures below 50 degrees F heating of the finer may be required to avoid damage. 2. Field joints in liner at pipe joints shall not be made until the mortar in the pipe joint, if used, has been allowed to cure for at least 48 hours. 3. Joints between fined pipe and lined structures shall be either Type C-1 joint or Type C-2 joint as descnbed below. 03/2003 02427 - 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION C. Field Joints in Concrete Structures: Field joints in liner on concrete structures shall be one of the following types: 1. Type C-1: The joint shall be made with a separate 4-inch joint strip and two welding strips. The 4-inch joint strip shall be centered over the joint, heat -sealed to the liner, then welded along each edge to adjacent sheets with a 1-inch wide weld strip. The width of the space between adjacent sheets shall not exceed 2 inches. The 4-inch joint strip shall lap over each sheet a minimum of 'A inch. It maybe used at any transverse or longitudinal joint 2. Type C-2: The joint shall be made by lapping sheets not less than 'A inch. One 1-inch weld strip is required. The upstream sheet shall overlap the one downstream. The lap shall be heat -sealed into place prior to welding on the 1- mch weld strip. 3. Type C-3: The joint shall be made by applying 2-inch wide waterproof tape or 1-inch wide welding strip on the back of the maximum 1/4-inch gap butt joint or by some other method approved by the Engineer to prevent wet concrete from getting under the sheet. After the forms have been stripped, a 1-inch weld strip shall be applied over the face to the sheet. D. Installation of Welding Strips: 1. All welding of joints is to be in strict conformance with the specifications and instructions of the lining manufacturer 2. Welding shall fuse both sheets and weld strip together to provide a continuous joint equal in corrosion resistance and impermeability to the liner plate. 3. Hot-air welding tools shall provide effluent air to the sheets to be joined at a temperature between 500 degrees F and 600 degrees F. Welding tools shall be held approximately'/2 inch from and moved back and forth over the junction of the two materials to be joined. The welding tool shall be moved slowly enough as the weld progresses to cause a small bead of molten material to be visible along both edges and in front of the weld strip. 4. Adequate ventilation shall be maintained in confined spaces during welding operations. 5. After repairs have been made, defective welds will be reinspected and re -tested. E Joint Reinforcement: A 12-inch long welding strip shall be applied as a reinforcement across each transverse joint and weep channel which extends to the lower terminal edge of lmer. These remforcement strips shall be centered over the joint bemg reinforced and located as close to the lower edge of finer as practicable. They shall be welded in place after the transverse welding strips have been installed. 03/2003 02427 - 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION F. Application of Liner to Concrete Surfaces with Adhesives: Application of liner plate to concrete surfaces by means of adhesive shall be allowed only where shown on the Drawings for existing structures, or where specifically acceptable to the Engineer and called out on approved shop drawings, and shall be accomplished by the following steps: 1. The concrete surface shall be etched by abrasive blasting to develop a slightly granular surface. 2. After abrasive blasting, the concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust. 3. Apphcation of pnmer, adhesive and liner shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by the Engineer. 4. Mechanical anchors shall be placed at 12-inch centers each way after adherence of the liner to the concrete surface has been achieved. Anchors shall be placed after the adhesive system as cured for a minimum of 24 hours. The penetration of the finer by the anchor shall be sealed m accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. Nonskid Surfaces: Surfaces of liner, shown on the Drawings to be nonskid, shall be treated as follows prior to installation: 1. The liner shall be cleaned, dried, and spread with an adhesive coating recommended by the manufacturer of the finer plate. 2. The surface shall then be liberally sprinkled with clean, dry, well graded sand, all of which will pass a No. 30 sieve but be retained on a No. 70 sieve. 3. After the sanded surface has thoroughly dried, excess sand shall be brushed away and a seal coat of the adhesive coating shall be sprayed over the sand in sufficient quantity to coat and bond the sand to the liner plate 4. The coated sand surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before handling. H. Protection and Repair of Liner: 1. Necessary measures and precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to liner from equipment and materials used in or taken through the Work. Any damage to installed liner plate shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements for repair of the liner. 2. Nail and tie holes and cut, tom and seriously abraded areas in the lmer plate shall be patched. Patches made entirely with welding strip shall be fused to the liner over the entire patch. The use of this method is limited to patches which can be made with a single welding strip. The use of parallel, overlapping or adjoining welding strips will not be permitted. Larger patches may consist of smooth liner over the damaged area, with edges covered with welding strips fused to the patch and to the liner adjoining the damaged area The size of a single patch of the latter type shall be limited only as to its width, which shall not exceed 4 inches. 03/2003 02427 - 12 CITY OF PEARLAND CORROSION PROTECTION 3. Whenever liner is not properly anchored to concrete, or whenever patches larger than those permitted above are necessary, the repair of the liner and the restoration of anchorage shall be accomplished by injecting epoxy grout behind the liner plate by a method approved by the Engineer The use of adhesives will not be allowed to repair improperly anchored liner plate. I. Field Tests: 1. Upon completion of the installation, the surface of Imer shall be cleaned to permit visual inspection and spark testing by the Engineer, using a spark -type detector complying with the requirements for Spark Test. Areas of liner failing to meet the field test shall be properly repaired and retested. 2. The Contractor shall assist in the inspection and spark testing by providing adequate ventilation, ladders for access, barricades or other traffic control devices, and shall be responsible for opening and closing entrances and exits. 3. Any spark testing of liner by the Contractor shall be done with a detector complying with these Specifications. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02427 - 13 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Section 02530 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including cleanouts, stacks, service connections and reconnections. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for payment of pipe is on a unit pnce per linear foot basis as hsted in the Bid Schedule. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes. Payment will be made for each hnear foot installed, complete in place including sewer pipe, excavation, bedding backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork connections to existing manholes and pipe, stacks, cleanouts, accessories, inspection and testing. Depths beyond 8' will be paid by 2 vertical feet mcrements. B. Stub -outs _< 20 feet for the future extension of sanitary sewer lines shall be paid for on a per unit basis and shall include connection to manhole; pipe and plug. Stub -outs larger than 20 feet shall be paid for under paragraph A above. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, matenals and sequence of operations for sewer construction. Plan operations to mimmize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications. Install a sanitary sewer that is watertight both in pipe -to -pipe Joints and in pipe -to -manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with this Section. B. Regulatory Requirements. 1. Install sewer lines to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line, as scheduled below. The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe. When possible, install new sanitary sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved, new sanitary sewers shall be installed as specified in this section. 03/2003 02530-1 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2. Make notification to the Engineer if water lines are uncovered during sanitary sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3. Lay gravity sewer lines in straight alignment and grade. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the job site. B. Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact, shock, shear or free fall. Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from dehvery trucks. C. Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks, bars, or other devices in contact with the intenor surface of the pipe to lift or move fined pipe. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe (PVC) B. Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe C. All transitions between pipe materials shall occur at manholes. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from rocks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections, which could cause leakage. C. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory - installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. Gaskets shall provide a water -tight seal under anticipated conditions including an external head of 30 feet. 03/2003 02530-2 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Nutnle Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer D. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no detenorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. E PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions m the following table: CONSTRUCTION WALL MANUFACTURER PRODUCT OPTIONS ASTM DESIGNATION SDR STIFFNESS (MIN.) (MAX.)/ DIAMETER RANGE SIZE Solid J-M CertainTeed Can Carlon Diamond Pipe -Tex Approved D3034 SDR 26 / PS 115 6" to 10" Approved D3034 SDR 35 / PS 46 12" & 15" Approved F679 SDR 35 / PS 46 18" to 27" Approved AWWA C900 DR 18 / N/A 4" to 12" Approved AWWA C905 DR 18 / N/A 14" to 36" Profile Contech A-2000 Approved F949 N/A / 50 psi 12" to 36" ETI Ultra -Rib Approved F794 N/A / 46 psi 12" to 48" Lamson Diamond Vylon Pro 21 Approved F794 N/A / 46 psi 21" to 48" F. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. G. For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossmg under waterlimes with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couphngs. H. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM I. D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory -assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D2444. 03/2003 02530-3 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS J. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable 2.03 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE A. Manufacturers 1. Preapproved manufacturer for centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe is Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. B Materials 1. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. 2. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. 3. Fillers: Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 4. Additives Resin additives, such as pigments, dyes, and other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products. 5. Rubber Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall either be affixed to the pipe by means of a suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve coupling. When pipe is to be installed m potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, provide the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Nitnle Rubber Other Contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 6. The internal liner resin shall be suitable for service as sewer pipe, and shall be highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid as produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases. Pipe shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D 3681. C. Pipes 1. Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below. 03/2003 02530-4 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion -resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as shown on the Drawings. 3. Do not use stiffening ribs or rings. D. Couplings: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D 4161. E Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, and other fittings shall be capable of withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays. Manhole Connections: Provide a water stop flange (wall pipe) for connection to a cast - in -place manhole base or other structure. G. Grout Ports: Provide grout ports m the wall of pipe when required Provide plugs of 316 stainless steel or other corrosion -resistant matenal compatible with the pipe Grout port plugs shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe. H. Dimensions 1. Diameters: The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of ASTM D 3262 for gravity sewers, or ASTM D 3754 for force mains. 2. Lengths: The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of the lengths, excluding special order pipes, may be supplied in random lengths. 3. Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness The minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. 4. End Squareness Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis. 5. Tolerance of Fittmgs: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the mam and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches. I. Stiffness Classes 1. Stiffness class of FRP pipe shall satisfy design requirements, but shall not be less than 46 psi, when used in direct bury operation; 36 psi, when installed within a primary tunnel liner. 2. Stiffness class of FRP in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the nng deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below. Submit design calculations as required in Paragraph 1 05, Submittals. a. Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be performed to conform with Section 02441- Microtunneling and Pipe Jacked Tunnels. 03/2003 02530-5 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS b. Ring deflection calculations shall conform with design requirements of 30 TAC Chapter 317.20 pertaining to flexible pipe used in gravity sewers. The pipe deflection calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-term loading conditions (soil prism load) for the highest density of soil overburden and surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained) values for soil parameters contained in the geotechnical investigation report for the Project, or other site -specific data obtained by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer. J. Testing 1. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262 or ASTM D 3754, as applicable, except that the factory hydrostatic pressure testing is not required. 2. Joints: Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161. Packaging, Handling, and Shipping 1. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L Installation 1. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with requirements of this Section. 2. The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present penodically during the installation of pipe. 3. Pipe Bedding: Conform to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utihties. 4. Pipe Handling: Use textile slings. 5. Jointing a. Clean ends of pipe and coupling components. b. Check pipe ends and couplings for damage. Correct any damage found. c. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt. d. Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and rubber seals of coupling. Use only lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer. e. Use suitable auxiliary equipment, such as a wire rope puller, to pull joints together. f. Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe If excessive force is required, remove coupling, determine source of problem, and correct it. g. In the process of jointing the pipe, do not allow the deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer. 6. If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation, seal the grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness, or with a threaded plug for that purpose. 7. Tests: Conform to requirements of this Section 03/2003 02530-6 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2.04 INSPECTIONS A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B. Manufacturer's Notification to Customer. Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place. C. Failure to Inspect: Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes. 2.05 TEST METHODS A. Conditioning: Conditioning of samples pnor to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer. When referee tests are required, condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F (23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C) and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B. Flattening• Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared m accordance with Paragraph 2.05A, in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2-inches per minute. The test specimens, when examined under normal light and with the unaided eye, shall show no evidence of splitting, cracking, breaking, or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C. Joint Tightness Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6-mch-wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour. D. Purpose of Tests: The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance. 2.06 MARKING A. Mark each standard and random length of pipe m compliance with these Specifications with the following information: 1. Pipe size 2. Pipe class 3. Production code 4. Material designation 03/2003 02530-7 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare traffic control plans and set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation if construction will affect traffic. Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. B. Provide barncades, flashing warning lights, and warning signs for excavations. Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights where work is in progress or where traffic is affected by the work. C. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System for excavations over 5 feet deep. D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any utility line, which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency or utility company for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. E Remove old pavements and structures includmg sidewalks and driveways in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition. F. Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. G. Do not allow sand, debns or runoff to enter sewer system. 3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING A. Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from the Engineer. B Design pipmg, joints and accessones to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C. No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer. D. In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency by the Engineer. 03/2003 02530-8 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers shall include: 1. Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. 3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes. 4. Leakage testing of manholes. B. Leakage testing shall consist of exfiltration, infiltration, or low pressure air testing as appropriate. C. References* 1. ASTM C 828 - Standard Test Method for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. 2. ASTM C 924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lmes by Low - Pressure Air Test Method. 3. ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyethylene (Vinyl Chlonde) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large -Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. 5. ASTM F 1417 - Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air. 6. 30 TAC 317 2 - Design Cnteria for Sewage Systems. 7. Uni-Bell UNI-B-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (Complying with AWWA C 900). D. Performance Requirements 1. Gravity flow sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and umform grade between manholes. 2. Flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfillmg of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to venfy that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. 3. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration a. The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per mch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation whichever is greater. b. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. 03/2003 02530-9 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS c. Refer to Table 2530-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 4. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission requirements. Refer to Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig Table 02530-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test, and Table 02530- 4, Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. E Gravity Sanitary Sewer Quality Assurance: 1. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe, which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. 2. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed by Engineer. 3. Upon completion of tape reviews by Engineer, Contractor will be notified regarding final acceptance of the sewer segment. F. Sequencing and Scheduling 1. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. 2. Coordinate testing schedules with Engineer. Perform testing under observation of Engineer. G. Deflection Mandrel: 1. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter (LD.) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Mandrel Design The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without bemg deformed. The mandrel shall have mne or more "runners" or 'legs" as long as the total number of legs is an odd number. The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. A proving nng shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Proving Ring. Furnish a "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate the nng of 1/2-inch-thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 03/2003 02530-10 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 4. Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02530-5, Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter, at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or other pipe not fisted in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer. H. Exfiltration Test 1. Water Meter: Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. 2. Test Equipment: a. Pipe plugs. b. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. I. Infiltration Test 1. Test Equipment: a. Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir. b. Pipe plugs. J. Low Pressure Air Test 1. Mimmum Requirement for Equipment: a. Control panel. b. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. c. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. d. Air hoses from control panel to: 1) Air supply. 2) Pneumatic plugs. 3) Sealed line for pressuring. 4) Sealed fine for momtonng internal pressure. 2. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain m place against the test pressure without external aids. K. Ground (Water Determination 1. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. 03/2003 02530-11 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS L Visual Inspection: 1. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a hght between structures Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re -lay or replace pipe segment. M. Mandrel Testing* 1. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi -rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but pnor to final acceptance testing of the line segment. 2. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. 3. Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. N. Leakage Testing: 1. Test Options: a. Test gravity samtary sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. b. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. c. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections d. If no mstalled piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. 2. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: a. Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe mpple approximately 10 inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. b. Immediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe mpple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to nse in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height m feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. 3. Exfiltration test: a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug sewer in downstream manhole. c. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. d. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 03/2003 02530-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS e. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used, with water to a point 2- 1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. f. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one -hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 4. Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. c. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. d. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. e. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 5. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828, ASTM C 924 or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that hsted in Table 02530-2. a. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to Imes less than 36-inch average inside diameter b. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3 5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. c. For pipe sections less than 36-mch average inside diameter: 1) Determine ground water level. 2) Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. 3) After a manhole -to -manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been shphned and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. 4) Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table). See Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section. 03/2003 02530-13 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 5) To determine air loss measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2 5 psig. The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For shplining, use diameter of carrier pipe. 6. Retest. Any section of pipe, which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. O. Test Cntena Tables 1. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02530-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. 2. Low Pressure Air Test: a. Times in Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from Texas Natural Resources and Conservation Commission (TNRCC) Design Cntena 317.2(a)(4)(B). T = 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q) Where: T = Time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge m seconds K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0 D L Q Average inside diameter in inches Length of line of same pipe size m feet Rate of loss, 0.0015 ft3/min./sq. ft. internal surface 03/2003 02530-14 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS b. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02732-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1. When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Line with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3. Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint 4. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. P. Leakage Testing for Manholes 1. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but pnor to backfilhng, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. 2. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service fines with suitably -sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and Installation recommendations. Place plugs a mimmum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled. 3. Vacuum testing: a. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealmg element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over -inflate. b. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. c. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 03/2003 02530-15 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 4. Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows: a. Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour. b. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. c. If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. Table 02530-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE RISER DIAMETER OR STACK OF VOLUME PER INCH DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* OF GALLONS PIPE INCHES SIZE IN GALLONS/MINUTE PER 100 IN INCHES INCH FT. 1 0.7854 .0034 6 0.0039 2 3.1416 .0136 8 0.0053 2.5 4.9087 .0212 10 0.0066 3 7.0686 .0306 12 0.0079 4 12.5664 .0306 15 0.0099 5 19.6350 .0544 18 0.0118 6 28.2743 .1224 21 0.0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0.0518 27 0.0177 30 0.0197 36 0.0237 42 0.0276 other 1' diameter diameters, square of diameters by value per to 50 gallons per 24 per hours inch inside For for Equivalent multiply diameter mile * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 03/2003 02530-16 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Pipe Diam Min. Time Length for Min. Time for Longer Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft (in) (min:sec) Time (ft) Length 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 6 5:40 398 0.8548 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 12:40 13:36 15:12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9.54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17:48 19:47 21:46 23:45 12 11:20 199 3.4190 11:20 11:20 11:20 14:15 17:06 19:57 22:48 25:39 28:30 31:20 34:11 15 14:10 159 5.3423 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:16 26:43 31:10 35:37 40:04 44:31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17:00 19:14 25:39 32:03 38:28 44:52 51:17 57:42 64:06 70:31 76 56 21 19:50 114 10.4708 19:50 26:11 34:54 43:38 52:21 61:05 69:48 78:32 87:15 95:59 104:42 24 22:40 99 13.6762 22:48 34:11 45:35 56:59 68:23 79:47 91:10 102:34 113:58 125:22 136:46 27 25:30 88 17.3089 28:51 43:16 57:42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115:24 129:49 144:14 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 21.3690 35:37 53:37 71:14 89:02 106:51 124:39 142:28 160:16 178:05 195:53 213:41 33 31:10 72 25.8565 43:06 64:38 86:11 107:44 129:17 150:50 172:23 193:55 215:28 237:01 258:34 Table 02530-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 MINIMUM TIME (SECONDS) 340 454 567 680 850 1020 1190 1360 1530 1700 1870 LENGTH FOR MINIMUM TIME (FEET) 398 298 239 199 159 133 114 100 88 80 72 TIME FOR LONGER LENGTH (SECONDS) 0.855 (L) 1.520 (L) 2.374 (L) 3.419 (L) 5.342 (L) 7 693 (L) 10.471 (L) 13.676 (L) 17.309 (L) 21.369 (L) 25.856 (L) 03/2003 02530-17 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE DEPTH IN FEET TIME IN SECONDS PIPE DIAMETER BY 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5.0 6.5 8.0 *Add (The values times for listed additional have been 2-foot extrapolated depth. from ASTM C 924-85) T each above 03/2003 02530-18 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-5 PIPE VS MANDREL DIAMETER WALL MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION AND NOMINAL (INCHES) AVERAGE (INCHES) I.D. MINIMUM MANDREL (INCHES) SIZE DIAMETER PVC -Solid (SDR 26) 6 5.764 5.476 8 7.715 7.329 10 9.646 9.162 PVC -Solid (SDR 35) 12 11.737 11.150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19.744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC -Truss 8 7.750 7.363 10 9.750 9.263 12 11.790 11.201 15 14.770 14.032 PVC -Profile (ASTM F 794) 12 11.740 11.153 15 14.370 13.652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20.750 19.713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25.175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41.500 39.425 48 47.500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17.100 21 21.000 19.950 24 24.000 22.800 27 27.000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45.600 54 54.000 51.300 60 60.000 57.000 Fiberglass (Class SN -Centrifugally 46) Cast 12 12.85 11.822 18 18.66 17.727 20 20.68 19.646 24 24.72 23.484 30 30.68 29.146 36 36.74 34.903 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57.361 03/2003 02530-19 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.04 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP A. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utihties. B. Backfill the trench m specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. C. Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks as specified in Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. D Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industnal or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved or not designated to be paved. Grade surface at a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum of 4 mches of topsoil as specified in Section 02910 - Topsoil and apply hydromulch according to requirements of Section 02921 Hydromulch Seeding. E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed dunng construction and not paved or not designated to be paved. In accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. Grade surface at a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil per Section 02910 - Topsoil. F. Conform to requirements of Section 01562- Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02530-20 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • A. Cast -in -Place and Precast Concrete manholes for sanitary and storm sewers. B Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. C. Ring grates. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment for normal depth manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit pnce basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. B. Measurement and payment for shallow depth manholes if fisted in the Bid Schedule is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Shallow manholes have a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. C. Measurement and payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. D. Measurement and payment for normal depth corrosion resistant manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit pnce basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. E Measurement and payment for extra depth corrosion resistant manholes is on a unit pnce basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. F. Measurement and payment for normal depth standard manhole drops up to 3 feet deep is on a unit pnce basis for each drop installed. Depth is measured from the invert of the T- fittmg to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. G. Measurement and payment for extra depth manhole drops is on a unit pnce basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 3 feet. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. 03/2003 02542-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES H. Measurement and payment for internal manhole drops shall be on a lump sum basis, regardless of depth. I. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for umt price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Matenals to be used for stubs and stub plugs 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base umts and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design cntena as established in paragraph 2.03, E of this specification. 8. Matenals and procedures for corrosion -resistant liner and coatings if required. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. D. Provide shop drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assembhes. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B Manholes - Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer for use on extra depth units. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 03/2003 02542-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478. Use base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment nngs which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48 inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as descnbed in paragraph 2.03, E, but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an H-20 loading. D. Where the Drawings indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E Design Loading Cntena: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and the following design cnteria: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Umt soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure actmg on empty manhole. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. F. Form jomts between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming with ASTM C 443. G. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use bnck masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 03/2003 02542-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Details. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Drop connections and stubs shall conform to the same pipe matenal requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes:Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum , or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Drawings, use polyethylene -isoprene waterstop meetmg the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press -Seal WS Senes, or equal. C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing matenals between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. The corrosion resistant manholes shall be provided with a T-Lock lmer or approved equal for all precast cylindrical manhole sections. Concrete adjustment nngs shall be coated with Raven 400, Neopoxy-5300 (formerly Chemtron) or Madewell 1103. 03/2003 02542-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Details and shall be ASTM A48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. B Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.13 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the castmg may be seated m the frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a mimmum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.15 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 03/2003 02542-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers on all sanitary sewer manholes. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Venfy lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted can be compacted to 95 percent of' maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer. 3.02 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. Construct manholes to dimensions shown on Drawings. Commence construction as soon as possible after pipes are laid. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile -supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. C. Cast manhole foundations and walls monolithically. A cold joint with approved water stop will be allowed when the manhole flow hne depth exceeds 12 feet. No other joints will be allowed unless shown on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. D. Place, finish and cure concrete for manholes following the procedures given in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete, for concrete containing microsilica admixtures. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 03/2003 02542-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.04 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered, the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile -supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. 3.05 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast or steel adjustment nngs above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout. D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes m accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other ngid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the mtenor or extenor of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibihty provided by the resilient connector. All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in -place wall Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe spnnghne using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer. D. Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. 03/2003 02542-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Drawings. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.07 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-mches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with class A concrete if not integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.08 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct drop connections with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. B. Encase drop assembly with class A concrete to form a solid mass. Extend concrete outside of bells a minimum of 4 inches. Cast base of encasement monolithically with manhole base and ensure concrete bonds to exterior manhole wall. C. Terminate encasement of blmd drops a mimmum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment nngs so that the elevation of the installed casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the manhole top with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex -based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be jomed with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-mch and 3/4-inch wide. 03/2003 02542-8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where ngid jomts are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spnngline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. Repair or replace damaged elements of manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02542-9 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 1.0 GENERAL Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, mlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. B. Ring grates. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Include payment in umt price for related item. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. or approved equal. C. Provide shop drawings for fabncation and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B and AASHTO M306. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers on all sanitary sewer manholes. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. D. Castings shall be 75% post -consumer recycled matenal, clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 03/2003 02603-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting maybe seated m the frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabncated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's pnnted matenals. B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true and free of rack Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C. Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with drawings and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02603-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02635 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. New steel pipe and fittings for water mains, pumping facilities, and casings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for steel pipe and fittings under this section. Include cost in unit price for water mains, pumping facilities and casings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, m accordance with requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1. For aenal crossings and water plant/facilities, include design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, lining and coating systems, proposed welding procedures, fabncation, fitting, flange and special details. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. 2. Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by the Engineer shall be at Contractor's risk. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all pipe and fittings have been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 3.4. B. Provide manufacturer's affidavits that polyurethane coatings, hmngs and tape coatings comply with applicable requirements of this section and that coatings were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature 5 degrees above the dew point. C. Provide manufacturer's affidavits that mortar coatings and hnings comply with applicable requirements of this section and that hmngs were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature above 32 degrees F. D. Pnor to work being started, provide proof of certification of qualification for all welders employed for type of work, procedures and positions involved. Qualifications shall be in accordance with AWWA C206. 03/2003 02635-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL PIPE A. Provide steel pipe designed and manufactured in conformance with AWWA C200 and AWWA M11 except as modified herein. Steel shall be minimum of ASTM A 36, ASTM A570 Grade 36, ASTM A 53 Grade B, ASTM A135 Grade B, or ASTM A139 Grade B. B. Minimum Allowable Steel -Wall Thickness: In accordance with following table for HS-20 hve loads and depths of bury of up to 16 feet and AWWA C200 new uncoated welded steel. CASING PIPE (ENCASEMENT SLEEVES) PIPE CASING SIZE MINIMUM WALL APPROXIMATE FOOT PER WEIGHT UNCOATED O.D. THICKNESS LINEAR 8" 8.625" 0.219" 19.64 10" 10.75" 0.219" 24.60 12" 12.75" 0.219" 29.28 14" 14.00" 0.219" 32.00 16" 16.00" 0.219" 36.86 20" 20.00" 0.250" 52.73 24" 24.00" 0.250" 63.41 30" 30.00" 0.250" 79.43 C. Provide pipe sections in lengths of no less than 20 feet except as required for special fittings or closure sections. D. Fittings: Factory forged for sizes 4 inches through 24 inches; long radius bends beveled ends for field butt welding; wall thickness: equal to or greater than pipe to which fittings is to be welded; unless otherwise shown on the drawings. E Joints: 1. Standard field joint for steel pipe: AWWA C206. a. Single -welded, lap joint b. Double -welded, butt joint. 03/2003 02635-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2. Provide mechanically coupled or flanged joints where required for valves and fittings, and as shown on Drawings. Flanges AWWA C207, Class D; same diameter and dnlling as Class 125 cast iron flanges ASA B16.1. Maintain electrically isolated flanged joints between steel and cast iron by using epoxy - coated bolts, nuts, washers and msulatmg type gasket unless otherwise approved by Engineer. F. Make curves and bends by use of beveled joints unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Contractor may submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for consideration by the Engineer. If other methods are deemed satisfactory, install at no additional cost to Owner. G. Provide shop coated and shop fined steel pipe with minimum of one coat of shop applied primer approved for use in potable water transmission on all exposed steel surfaces. Primer for tape coated steel pipe to be used for field -applied coatings shall have no less than 5 percent solids. Provide pnmer compatible with coating system and in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. H. Standard or Special Sections. Within 1/8 inch +/- of specified or theoretical lengths. Flanges: Square with pipe with bolt holes straddling both honzontal and vertical axis. Provide 1/2-inch gap between pipe ends where pipe is to be coupled with sleeve couplings. 2.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A. General: Supphed with either tape coatings as specified herein. 1. Tape Coating: AWWA C214; 80-mil shop -applied, Polyken YG-III, Tek-Rap Yard -Rap, or equal, except as modified herein. Components: pnmer, one 20-mil layer of inner -layer tape for corrosion protection and two 30-mil layers of outer - layer tape for mechanical protection. Primer: compatible with tape coating, supplied by coating -system manufacturer. Provide pipe with shop coatings cut back from joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. Taper successive tape layers by 1-inch staggers to facilitate field wrapping of joints. Cutback approximately 4 to 4-1/2 inches to facilitate welding. Inner and outer tape widths: DIAMETER TAPE WIDTH 4" 6" 6" - 8" 9" —12" 14" 12" —16" 18" 24" 18" — 03/2003 02635-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE IN TUNNEL, CASING OR AUGER HOLES A. Provide exterior coating system of pipe in augered holes or casing, without annular grout, as specified in this section. No additional exterior coating is required for mortar coated pipe. 2.04 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND (OR EXPOSED) A. Provide a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane coating system as designated below. Surface Preparation Prime Coat 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT Intermediate Coat 4.0 to 6.O mils DFT Finish Coat 1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT B. Total mimmum allowable dry film thickness for system: 10 mils. C. All materials shall be from same manufacturer. 2.05 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE SSPC SP10 Near White Blast Clean 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile ACRO 4422 Inhibitive Epoxy Primer, or approved equal ACRO 4460 Chemical Resistant Epoxy, or approved equal ACRO 4428 Polyurethane, or approved equal A. General: Supply steel pipe with either epoxy lining or shop applied cement mortar fining, capable of conveying water at temperatures not greater than 140°F. All hmngs shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSPNFS) Standard 61 and certified by an organization accredited by ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat all exposed (wetted) steel parts of flanges, blind flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, etc., with epoxy lining, as specified herein. B. Epoxy Lining: AWWA C210-92 - White, or approved equal for shop and field joint applied, except as modified herein. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10(64); Near White Blast Clean; 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile. 2. Pnme Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 3. Intermediate Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff: 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 03/2003 02635-4 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 4. Finish Coat ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - White 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 5. Minimum allowable dry film system thickness: 12.0 mils. 6. Maximum allowable dry film system thickness: 18.0 mils. 7. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi. 8. Dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with the product manufacturer's recommendations. 9. The lining system may consist of three or more coats of the same approved alternate epoxy lining without the use of a separate primer. 10. Provide materials from the same manufacturer. C. Shop Applied Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; shop -applied cement mortar linings, except as specified herein 3/8 inch mimmum thickness for pipe diameters 24 inches and smaller. Pipe with cut back limng from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 2.06 MORTAR FOR EXTERIOR JOINTS A. Cement Mortar: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand, mix with water to a consistency of thick cream. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. C. Sand: 1. Inside joints: AWWA C602; fine graded natural sand. 2. Outside joints: ASTM C33; natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. D. Water: ASTM D1888, Method A; total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/1• ASTM D512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/1 for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D1293 pH greater than 6.5. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02510 - Water Mains except as modified herein. 3.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A. Tape Coating System: 1. Inspect pipe prior to shipment, for holidays and damage to coating. Perform electncal hohday test of minimum of 6,000 volts with a 60 cycle current audio detector. If test indicates no holidays and outer wrap(s) is torn, remove damaged layers of outer wrap by carefully cutting with sharp razor -type utility knife. Wash with Xylol area to be patched and at least 4 inches of undamaged tape where hand -applied tape wrap will overlap. AWWA C209 cold -applied tape; 03/2003 02635-5 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS compatible with tape -wrapping system applied for each layer of outer -wrap tape that has been removed. If damaged area shows holiday when tested, remove outer layers and expose inner wrap. Pnme exposed area and overlaps with hght coat of primer. Firmly press into place patch of inner wrap of sufficient size to extend 4 inches from holidays in all directions. Hohday test patch to venfy that it is installed satisfactorily. Retnm outer layer of tape to expose first wrap of outer - wrap tape sufficiently to allow minimum lap of 2 inches in all directions. Wash exposed outer wrap tape with Xylol and prime. Apply two layers of AWWA C209 outer wrap with 35 mils minimum thickness. 2. Regardless of results of electrical holiday test, bubbles in tape coating system are not allowed. Cut out bubbles and patch as detailed above. 3. Field repairs and applications of coatings: AWWA C209 around joint cutbacks except as modified herein. Field -welded joints: clean shop-pnmed ends of weld splatter, damaged primer and rust to achieve required surface preparation prior to field repair of finings and coatings. a. Immediatelypnor to placing joint in trench, remove shop -applied primer by abrasive blasting, solvent or other method as approved by the Engineer. Avoid damage to adjacent existing coatings. Clean surfaces to achieve surface preparation at least equivalent to SSPC SP6 in accordance with AWWA C209. Solvent: environmentally safe and compatible with coating -system primer. b. Apply primer immediately prior to apphcation of first layer of tape to achieve maximum bond. Apply tape while primer is still "tacky" with 3- inch minimum overlap over shop -applied coating. 4. Do not expose tape coatings to harmful ultraviolet light for more than 90 days. Discard (remove) and replace outer layer of tape coating when exposure exceeds 90 days. In case of factory applied coatings, remove jomt from site for removal and reapplication of outer layer of tape coatings. B At Owner's option, coating system and application may be tested and inspected at plant site m accordance with AWWA C214. C. Cement Mortar Coating: AWWA C205; 1-inch minimum thickness; cut back from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 3.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND, IN VAULTS, TUNNELS OR CASINGS, AND INTERNAL LINING FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS A. Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; 1/2-inch minimum thickness; cut back from joint ends to facilitate Joining and welding of pipe. B Safety: Paints, coatings, and hnmgs specified herein are hazardous matenals. Vapors may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment, approved by appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory for all personnel involved in painting, coating, and fining operations. 03/2003 02635-6 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS C. Workmanship: 1. Application: By qualified and experienced workers who are knowledgeable in surface preparation and application of high-performance industrial coatings. 2. Paint Application Procedures: SSPC Good Painting Practices, Volume 1. D. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare all surfaces for painting with abrasive blasting. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that detrimental amounts of dust or other contaminants do not fall on wet, newly -painted surfaces. Protect surfaces not intended to be painted from effects of cleaning and painting operations. 3. Pnor to blasting, clean surfaces to be coated or lined of grease, oil and dirt by steaming or detergent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP1. 4. Metal and Weld Preparation: Remove all surface defects such as gouges, pits, welding and torch -cut slag, welding flux and spatter by grinding to 1/4-inch minimum radius. 5. Abrasive Material: a. Blast only as much steel as can be coated same day of blasting b. Use sharp, angular, properly -graded abrasive capable of producing depth of profile specified herein. Transport abrasive to jobsite in moisture - proof bags or airtight bulk containers. Copper slag abrasives are not acceptable. c. After abrasive blast cleaning, venfy surface profile with replica tape such as Tes-Tex Coarse or Extra Coarse Press-O-Film Tape, or approved equal. Furnish tapes to Owner for filing and future reference. d. Do not blast if metal surface may become wet before pnming commences, or when metal surface is less than 5 degrees F above dew point. 1. Remove all dust and abrasive residue from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing or blowing with clean, dry air. E Coating and Lining Application: 1. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply coatmgs or limngs when metal temperature is less than 50 degrees F• when ambient temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point; when expected weather conditions are such that ambient temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 6 hours after application of coating; or when relative humidity is above 85 percent. Measure relative humidity and dew point by use of sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometnc Tables. Provide dehumidifiers for all field -applied coatings and linings to maintain proper humidity levels. 2. Application Procedures: a. Apply coatings and finings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of this section. Provide a finish free of runs, sags curtains, pinholes, orange peel, fish eyes, excessive overspray or delaminations. 03/2003 02635-7 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS b. Thin materials only with manufacturer's recommended thinners. Thin only amount required to adjust viscosity for temperature variations, proper atomization and flow -out. Mix material components using mechanical mixers. c. Discard catalyzed matenals remaining at end of day. 3. Apply primer immediately after surface has been cleaned. Thoroughly dry pipe before primer is applied. Apply succeeding coats before contamination of under surface occurs. 4. Allow each coat of paint either to dry or cure amount of time recommended by coating or lining manufacturer before successive coats of paint are applied. Apply all successive coats of paint within recoat threshold time as recommended by coating or fining manufacturer on printed technical data sheets or through written communications. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Procure services of an independent testing laboratory or inspection service, approved by the Engineer, to perform tests on all portions of coating and fining applications Laboratory shall supply services of NACE Certified Coatings Inspectors having Level III Certification for all coating and linings inspection work. Include cost of such testing in contract unit price bid for water main. Furmsh copies of all test reports to the Engineer for review. If defective coatings or lining are revealed, cost of repair and testing of repair will be paid for by Contractor. The Engineer shall have full and final decision as to suitability of all coatings and linings tested. B. For all field applied coatings and linings, including joints, notify Owner sufficiently in advance of work so that Owner can perform examination of and acceptance of surface preparation and application of each coat pnor to application of next coat. Furnish appropnate test data to Owner venfying compliance with requirements of this section of each coat pnor to proceeding with next coat. Recoat or repair runs, overspray, roughness and/or abrasives in coating, or other indications of improper application in accordance with coating or hmng manufacturer's and the Engineer's instructions. C. Repairs, surface preparation and painting will be subject to inspection by Owner. Guidelines published by Steel Structures Painting Council will be used as basis for acceptance or rejection of cleaning, painting or coating application. SSPC VIS 1, Pictoral Surface, along with single -probe magnetic pull -off type dry film thickness gages, electrical holiday detectors, and standard wet film thickness gages will be used to determine acceptability of paint applications. D. Check film thickness with nondestructive magnetic pull -off gage such as Mikrotest Model DFG-100 or electronic thickness gage. National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates will be used to verify accuracy of thickness gage. Determine maximum and minimum thickness m accordance with SSPC PA2 for frequency and method. Evaluate each length of pipe under SSPC PA2 Consider each field joint area separate and discrete for purpose of DFT measurements. Perform five spot DFT 03/2003 02635-8 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS measurements on each field joint area (15 individual readings). Check thickness of each individual coat as well as thickness of overall system with respect to compliance with this Section. Failure to meet either overall system thickness requirements or requirements of component coats shall be cause for rejection and recoat or repair of entire joint or length of pipe. E Holiday Test: 1. Begin inspection after coating has sufficiently cured, usually one to five days. (Consult coating manufacturer for specific curing schedule ) 2. Use high -voltage d-c hohday detector such as D.E. Stearns Company Model 14/20 or Tinker & Rasor Model AP/W. Use 1600 volts, plus or minus 100 volts. Use brass brush type electrode. 3. Ground high -voltage d-c holiday detector to metal being inspected. Earth -type ground tape is not acceptable. Mark detected defects with white chalk, repair and reinspect. 4. Adhesion Tests ASTM D4541; pull -off testing using an Elcometer Model 106 Fixed Alignment Adhesion Tester. Adhesion testing may be directed by the Engineer on any length of pipe or joint which exceeds maximum coating thickness hmitations specified m this Section. 3.05 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION A. Owner reserves nght to inspect or acquire service of independent third -party inspector who is fully knowledgeable of, and qualified to inspect, surface preparation and application of high-performance coatings to inspect any and all phases of all coatings and finings work, whether field or shop applied. Contractor responsible for application and performance of coating and lining whether or not Owner provides such inspection. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02635-9 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 02910 TOPSOIL • A. Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding and planting. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for topsoil. Include payment in Section 02921 - Hydromuch Seeding and Section 02922 - Sodding. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit pnce procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation. maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve. B. Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and other fitter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches. C. Obtam topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Venfy that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 03/2003 02910-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A. For areas to be seeded or sodded scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Drawings Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropnate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. B. Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over sand bedding and embankment matenals specified in Section 02330. C. For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing matenal and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Drawings. D. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02910-2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on Drawings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a square yard basis. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit pnce procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to matenal requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B. Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements• 1. Rye Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lolhum multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, mimmum percentages of Impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver In onginal unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. 03/2003 02921-1 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 4. Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: TYPE APPLICATION RATE pLANTING DATE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 30 C. Fertilizer: Dry and free flowmg, morgamc, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent D. Mulch Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. E Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. F. Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Seed: Apply umformly at rates given in Paragraph 2.01 B for type of seed and planting date. B. Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C. Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D. Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydromulching. 03/2003 02921-2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING F. Suspend all operations under conditions of drought excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. Acceptable coverage will require a minimum of one healthy plant for any one 9' x9" square area. B. Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C. Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. END OF SECTION 03/2003 02921-3